1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Russian
2 # Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-30 03:13+0000\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
22 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
23 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
24 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
25 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
26 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
27 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
28 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
29 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
30 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
31 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
32 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
33 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
34 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
35 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
36 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
37 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
44 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
45 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
46 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
49 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
50 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
51 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
52 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
53 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
54 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
55 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
56 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
57 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
58 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
59 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
60 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
61 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
62 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
63 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
64 #: update-alternatives.pod
71 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
72 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
75 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
76 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
77 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
78 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
79 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
80 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
81 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
82 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
83 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
84 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
85 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
86 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
87 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
88 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
89 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
90 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
97 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
98 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
106 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
107 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
108 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
109 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
110 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
111 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
112 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
113 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
115 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
116 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
117 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
118 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
119 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
120 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
123 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
125 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
126 "specified in RFC4880."
132 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
133 "be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
139 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
140 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>"
141 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
144 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
145 msgid "for a build that includes B<any>"
151 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
152 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>"
153 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
156 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
157 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<all>"
163 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
164 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>"
165 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
168 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
169 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<source>"
173 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
175 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
177 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
180 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
182 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
183 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
184 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
189 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
190 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
191 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
192 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
193 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
197 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
199 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
200 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
201 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
206 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
207 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
208 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
209 "only non-maintainer upload."
213 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
215 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
216 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
217 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
222 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
223 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
229 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
230 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
231 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
237 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
238 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
239 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
240 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
241 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
242 "present in the list."
244 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
245 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
246 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
247 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
251 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
253 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
254 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
255 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
258 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
261 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
262 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
263 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
264 "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
266 "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, "
267 "которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер "
268 "ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер "
269 "ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер "
270 "версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
274 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
280 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
281 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
286 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
287 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
288 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
289 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
290 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
296 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
297 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)"
298 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
301 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
302 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)"
306 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
307 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)"
311 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
312 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
318 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
319 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
320 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
321 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
325 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
327 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
328 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
329 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
330 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
336 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
342 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
343 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
346 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
347 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
353 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
354 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
355 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
360 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
361 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
367 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
368 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
373 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
374 "in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
380 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
381 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
386 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
387 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
388 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
393 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
399 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
400 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
401 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
407 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
414 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
415 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
419 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
425 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
426 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
427 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
432 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
437 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
443 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
444 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
445 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
446 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
447 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
448 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
449 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
450 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
457 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
462 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
468 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
469 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
473 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
478 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
483 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
489 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
495 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
500 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
506 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
513 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
514 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
519 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
520 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
521 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
526 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
532 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
539 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
540 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
547 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
548 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
549 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
550 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
557 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
558 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
564 msgid "B<Environment:>"
570 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
576 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
577 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
578 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
583 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
584 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
585 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
586 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
587 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
588 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
589 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
590 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
591 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
592 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
593 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
594 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
595 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
596 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
597 #: update-alternatives.pod
601 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
603 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
610 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>."
611 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
616 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
617 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
618 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
621 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
622 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
628 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
629 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
630 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
637 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
638 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
639 "release-specific information."
644 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
652 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
653 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
654 " * I<change-details>\n"
655 " I<more-change-details>\n"
656 " [blank line(s), included in L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> output]\n"
657 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
658 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
659 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
666 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
667 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
673 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
674 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
675 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
676 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
682 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
683 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
684 "characters, as they need to be mapped to L<deb822(5)> field names. The only "
685 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are:"
698 "Its value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<.changes> file for the "
705 msgid "B<binary-only>"
706 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
711 "With a B<yes> value, it is used to denote that this changelog entry is for a "
712 "binary-only non-maintainer upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only "
713 "change being the changelog entry)."
719 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
720 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
721 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
722 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
723 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
729 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
730 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
731 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
737 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
738 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
743 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
744 "regular expression is:"
749 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
755 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
756 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
757 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
758 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
759 "numbers may span multiple lines."
765 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
766 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
767 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
773 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
774 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
775 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
776 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
777 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
778 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
784 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
785 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
791 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
801 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
806 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
817 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
818 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
829 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
830 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
840 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
850 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
860 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
870 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
875 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
881 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
882 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
883 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
884 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
885 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
892 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
893 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
894 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
895 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
896 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
897 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
898 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
904 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
905 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
911 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
912 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
913 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
919 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
923 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
924 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod
925 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
926 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
927 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dselect.cfg.pod
928 #: update-alternatives.pod
935 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
939 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
940 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg.pod
941 #: update-alternatives.pod
949 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
957 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
958 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
959 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
960 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
968 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
969 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
977 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
978 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
979 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
987 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
995 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-"
996 "parsechangelog(1)>."
997 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1002 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1003 msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format"
1004 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1008 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
1014 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
1015 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
1022 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
1023 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
1024 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
1025 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
1026 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
1027 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
1028 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
1030 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1031 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1032 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1033 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1034 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1035 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1040 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
1041 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
1042 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
1043 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
1044 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
1050 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1051 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
1052 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1057 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
1058 "format as the date in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
1065 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
1066 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
1068 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
1071 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1072 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1077 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
1078 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
1079 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
1080 "non-maintainer upload."
1086 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
1087 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1093 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1094 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
1095 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1101 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
1102 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
1103 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
1104 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
1105 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1107 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1108 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1109 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1110 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1116 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1117 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1118 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1123 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1124 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1130 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1131 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1136 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1137 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1143 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1144 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1145 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1151 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1152 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1153 #| "the software that was packaged."
1155 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1156 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1157 "the software that was packaged."
1159 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1160 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1161 "которая была упакована."
1166 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1167 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1168 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1174 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1175 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1176 #| "the software that was packaged."
1178 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1179 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1181 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1182 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1183 "которая была упакована."
1188 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1189 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1190 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1195 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1196 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1201 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1202 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1203 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1209 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1210 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1215 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1216 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1217 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1218 "bug tracking system."
1223 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1229 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1230 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1237 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1238 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1239 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1244 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1245 "upload was built with."
1251 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1252 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1253 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1258 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1259 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1264 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1265 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1266 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1267 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1271 #: deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
1273 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1274 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1275 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1279 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1285 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1286 "and priority for each one."
1292 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1293 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1294 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1295 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1296 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1302 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1303 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1310 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1311 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1312 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1319 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1320 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1321 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1325 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1326 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
1327 #: dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1329 msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ"
1334 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1335 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1336 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1343 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>."
1344 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1347 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1348 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1352 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1354 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1355 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1356 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1359 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1361 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1362 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1366 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1368 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1369 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1370 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1371 "only lines are not accepted."
1375 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1377 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1378 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1382 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1384 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1385 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1386 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1387 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1392 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1393 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1398 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1401 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1402 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1403 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1404 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1405 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1410 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1412 msgid "L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
1413 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1418 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1419 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format"
1420 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1425 #| msgid "I<control>"
1426 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1432 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1433 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the master B<debian/"
1434 "control> file in Debian source packages, see L<deb-src-control(5)>."
1441 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1442 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1443 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1444 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1445 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1446 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1447 "field, see below)."
1449 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1450 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1451 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1452 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1453 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1454 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1459 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1460 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1461 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1464 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1466 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1467 "file names by most installation tools."
1469 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1470 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1473 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1475 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1476 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1477 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1480 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1482 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1483 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1484 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1491 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
1492 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for "
1493 "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described "
1494 "in L<deb-version(7)>."
1496 "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, "
1497 "которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер "
1498 "ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер "
1499 "ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер "
1500 "версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
1503 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1505 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1506 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1507 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1510 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1513 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1514 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1515 #| "the software that was packaged."
1517 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1518 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1519 "the software that was packaged."
1521 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1522 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1523 "которая была упакована."
1526 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1528 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1529 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1530 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1533 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1535 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
1536 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1537 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
1543 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1544 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as "
1545 "a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must "
1546 "be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain "
1547 "a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1549 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
1550 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
1551 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
1552 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
1553 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
1556 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1558 #| msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
1559 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1560 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>"
1563 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1566 #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1567 #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
1568 #| "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
1570 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1571 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1572 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1574 "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в зависимости "
1575 "от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. Примерами секций "
1576 "могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д."
1579 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1581 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
1582 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1583 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
1586 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1589 #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
1590 #| "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
1593 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1594 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1596 "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости для "
1597 "системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', `optional', "
1601 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1604 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1605 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1607 "Поля B<Section> и B<Priority> могут принимать только значения из списка, "
1608 "который определен в политике Debian. Они используются для того, чтобы "
1609 "решить, как пакеты будут размещены в архиве. Список возможных значений можно "
1610 "узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>."
1615 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1616 msgstr "B<installed>"
1621 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1622 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1626 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1628 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1629 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1630 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1636 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1637 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1638 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1639 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1641 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1642 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1643 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1644 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1645 "without using one of the force options)."
1647 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1648 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1649 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1650 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1653 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1655 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1656 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
1659 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1661 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1662 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1663 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1669 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1670 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1671 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1672 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1674 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1675 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1676 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1677 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1678 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1679 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1681 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1682 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1683 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1684 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1687 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1689 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1690 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1691 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1696 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1697 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1698 "when building other packages."
1704 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1705 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1706 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1712 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1713 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1714 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1715 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1718 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1719 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1720 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1721 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1725 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1727 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1728 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1731 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1733 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1734 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1739 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1740 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1744 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1746 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1747 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1750 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1751 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1755 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1757 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1758 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1763 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1764 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1770 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1771 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1772 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1777 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1778 "arch installations."
1782 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1789 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1790 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1797 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
1802 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1803 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1811 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
1816 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1817 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1818 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1819 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1831 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1832 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1833 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1839 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1840 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1841 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1846 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1847 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1848 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1849 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1850 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1851 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1855 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1857 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1858 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1859 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1862 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1864 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1865 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
1868 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1870 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1871 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1876 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1877 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1878 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1882 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1884 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1885 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1886 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1892 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1893 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1894 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1895 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1896 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1897 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1898 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1899 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1901 "Список пакетов, требующихся для обеспечения нормальной работы данного "
1902 "пакета. Программа установки не позволит (по крайней мере, без использования "
1903 "специальных флагов) установить данный пакет, если пакеты, перечисленные в "
1904 "B<Depends>, ещё не установлены. При установке скрипты postinst этих пакетов "
1905 "будут выполнены перед скриптом postinst данного пакета, а при удалении из "
1906 "системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета."
1909 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1911 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1912 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1913 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1918 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1919 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1920 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1922 "Список пакетов, которые должны быть установлены B<и> настроены перед тем, "
1923 "как будет устанавливаться данный пакет. Обычно это используется в случае, "
1924 "когда пакет требует наличия другого пакета для запуска собственного сценария "
1928 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1930 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1931 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1932 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1937 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1938 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1939 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1941 "Список пакетов, которые рекомендуется установить вместе с данным пакетом. "
1942 "Программа установки предупредит пользователя, если он устанавливает пакет "
1943 "без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>."
1946 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1948 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1949 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1950 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1955 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1956 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1959 "Список пакетов, которые расширяют функциональность устанавливаемого пакета, "
1960 "но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись."
1966 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1967 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1968 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1969 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1970 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1971 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1972 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1974 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
1975 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
1976 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
1977 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
1978 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
1979 "можно указать его версию."
1984 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1985 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1986 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1987 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
1988 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
1993 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1996 #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
1997 #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
1998 #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
1999 #| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
2000 #| "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
2001 #| "\"=\" for equal to."
2003 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
2004 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
2005 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
2006 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
2007 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
2010 "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
2011 "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
2012 "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
2013 "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
2014 "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" -- "
2015 "\"только версия, которая указана\"."
2018 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2020 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
2021 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2027 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
2028 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
2029 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
2030 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
2032 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2033 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2034 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2035 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2038 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2040 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2041 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
2042 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2047 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
2048 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
2049 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
2050 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
2052 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2053 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2054 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2055 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2058 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2060 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2061 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
2062 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2067 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
2068 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
2069 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
2070 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
2072 "Список пакетов, которые заменяют данный пакет. Он используется для того, "
2073 "чтобы разрешить данному пакету перезаписать файлы другого пакета и обычно "
2074 "используется совместно с полем B<Conflicts>, чтобы сразу же заставить "
2075 "удалить этот другой пакет, если он содержит такие же файлы, как "
2082 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2083 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2084 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2085 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2086 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2088 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
2089 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
2090 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
2091 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
2092 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
2093 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
2094 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
2096 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2097 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2098 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2099 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2102 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2104 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2105 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
2106 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2111 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
2112 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
2116 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2118 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2119 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
2120 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2126 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
2127 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
2128 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
2129 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
2130 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
2131 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
2132 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
2133 "separate the list."
2135 "Список виртуальных пакетов, которые предоставляет данный пакет. Обычно он "
2136 "используется, если несколько разных пакетов предоставляют один и тот же "
2137 "сервис. Например, sendmail и exim могут работать как почтовые серверы, "
2138 "поэтому они предоставляют общий пакет (`mail-transport-agent') для тех "
2139 "пакетов, которые могут от него зависеть. Это позволяет использовать sendmail "
2140 "или exim в тех пакетах, которые зависят от `mail-transport-agent'. Это "
2141 "устраняет необходимость указывать в пакетах, которые зависят от почтового "
2142 "сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов."
2148 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2149 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2150 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2151 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2152 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2154 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
2155 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
2156 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
2157 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
2158 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
2159 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
2161 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2162 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2163 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2164 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2167 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2169 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2170 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2171 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2176 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2177 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
2178 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
2179 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
2180 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
2181 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
2182 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
2183 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
2187 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2189 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2190 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2191 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2196 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2197 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
2198 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
2199 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
2200 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
2201 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
2202 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
2203 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
2204 "within parenthesis."
2210 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
2211 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2216 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2217 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
2218 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2223 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
2224 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
2225 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
2226 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
2232 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2233 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
2234 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2239 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
2240 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
2241 "in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently "
2242 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
2248 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
2249 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2254 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These are "
2255 "unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of these "
2256 "within the package."
2262 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
2271 " Priority: required\n"
2273 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
2274 " Architecture: sparc\n"
2276 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
2277 " Provides: rgrep\n"
2278 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2279 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2280 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2281 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2282 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2283 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2284 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2285 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2286 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2287 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2292 "Priority: required\n"
2294 "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
2295 "Architecture: sparc\n"
2297 "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
2299 "Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2300 "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2301 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2302 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2303 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2304 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2305 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2306 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2307 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2308 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2313 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
2314 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
2315 "executable format."
2322 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, "
2323 "L<debtags(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2324 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2327 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2328 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2332 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2335 msgstr "deb-control"
2338 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2340 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2341 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2342 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2346 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2348 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2349 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2353 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2355 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2356 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
2359 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2360 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2364 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2365 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2369 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2371 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line "
2372 "is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2376 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2378 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2379 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2383 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2385 msgid "L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>, L<dpkg-scansources(1)>, L<apt-ftparchive(1)>."
2386 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2390 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2396 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2397 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2398 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2403 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2404 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2405 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2406 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2412 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2413 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2414 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2420 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2421 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2427 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2428 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2435 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2436 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2437 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2445 msgid "L<md5sum(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
2446 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2450 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2454 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2455 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2461 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2462 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2463 "L<deb(5)> for details of the new format."
2467 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2474 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2475 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2481 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2482 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2488 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2489 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2494 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2500 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2501 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2508 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2509 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2510 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2511 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry "
2512 "for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2518 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2519 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2520 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2526 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2527 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2531 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2537 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2538 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2543 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2544 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2551 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2552 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2553 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2554 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2555 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2557 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
2558 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
2559 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
2560 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
2561 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
2562 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
2567 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2568 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2569 "variation is permitted."
2575 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2576 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2577 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2578 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2585 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2586 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2587 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2588 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2589 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2590 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2591 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2597 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2598 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2604 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2605 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2611 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2612 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2613 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2615 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2616 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2621 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2622 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2626 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2632 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2633 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2638 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2639 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2640 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2646 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
2647 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2648 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
2654 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2655 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2657 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2658 "vendor derives from."
2660 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2661 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2668 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2669 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2676 msgid "L<dpkg-vendor(1)>."
2677 msgstr "deb-control"
2681 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2687 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2688 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2689 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2690 "found in the override file."
2696 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2697 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2702 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2708 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2709 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2715 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2716 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2723 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2724 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2725 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2731 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2732 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2737 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2743 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2744 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2745 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2750 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2751 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2752 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2756 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2757 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2762 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2768 msgid "After the package was installed."
2769 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2774 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2775 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2780 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2781 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2786 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2792 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2793 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2794 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2798 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2804 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2805 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
2810 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2814 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2815 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2821 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2822 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2823 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2827 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2833 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2837 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2838 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2841 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
2845 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2850 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2856 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2857 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2858 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2864 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2865 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2871 msgid "After the package was removed."
2872 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2877 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2878 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2884 msgid "After the package was purged."
2885 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2889 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2895 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2896 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2901 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2902 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2906 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2910 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2912 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2913 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2917 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2922 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2927 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2933 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2934 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2935 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2940 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2941 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2946 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2948 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2949 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2954 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2955 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2960 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2961 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2962 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2966 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2972 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2973 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2974 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2979 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2980 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2981 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2986 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
2992 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
2993 msgid "Before the package is installed."
2994 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
2999 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3000 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3005 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
3006 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
3011 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3012 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3016 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
3021 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
3026 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
3031 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
3036 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
3042 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
3043 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
3044 "prerm> during package creation)."
3050 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
3051 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3055 msgid "Before the package is removed."
3060 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
3065 msgid "Before an upgrade."
3071 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3072 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3076 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
3081 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3087 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
3092 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3098 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
3099 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
3100 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
3104 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
3109 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
3115 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
3116 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
3117 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> character "
3118 "are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must have the "
3124 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
3130 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
3131 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
3132 "optional and normally not needed."
3138 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
3139 "binary control file, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3145 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
3146 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
3150 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
3156 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
3157 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3167 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
3168 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3172 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
3178 "The former tends to be used by shared libraries with stable interfaces. The "
3179 "latter by shared libraries with unstable interfaces, where the whole version "
3180 "becomes part of the SONAME and needs to be specified in full when linking "
3181 "against those libraries."
3187 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
3188 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
3195 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
3202 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
3203 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
3204 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
3205 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
3211 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
3212 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3217 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
3224 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
3225 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
3232 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
3233 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
3239 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
3240 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
3244 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
3245 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
3252 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
3258 msgid "The package name."
3259 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
3264 msgid "The package version."
3265 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
3269 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
3275 msgid "The total size of the package."
3276 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
3280 msgid "The maximum part size."
3286 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
3292 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
3298 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
3299 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
3300 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
3306 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
3307 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
3308 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
3309 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
3315 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
3316 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
3322 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
3323 "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be "
3324 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two."
3330 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg-split(1)>."
3331 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3334 #: deb-src-control.pod
3336 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
3337 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format"
3338 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
3341 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3343 msgid "B<debian/control>"
3344 msgstr "deb-control"
3347 #: deb-src-control.pod
3349 "Each Debian source package contains the master «B<debian/control>» file, and "
3350 "its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> file shipped in "
3351 "Debian binary packages, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3355 #: deb-src-control.pod
3357 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
3358 "stanza lists all information about the source package in general, while each "
3359 "following stanza describes exactly one binary package. Each stanza consists "
3360 "of at least one field. A field starts with a field name, such as B<Package> "
3361 "or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, the body of the field "
3362 "(case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a newline. Multi-line fields "
3363 "are also allowed, but each supplementary line, without a field name, should "
3364 "start with at least one space. The content of the multi-line fields is "
3365 "generally joined to a single line by the tools (except in the case of the "
3366 "B<Description> field, see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line "
3367 "field, insert a dot after the space. Lines starting with a ‘B<#>’ are "
3368 "treated as comments."
3372 #: deb-src-control.pod
3374 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3375 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3376 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3379 #: deb-src-control.pod
3381 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3382 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3383 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3386 #: deb-src-control.pod
3388 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3389 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3390 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3391 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3392 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3397 #: deb-src-control.pod
3400 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
3401 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
3402 #| "the software that was packaged."
3404 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3405 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3406 "author of the software or the original packager."
3408 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
3409 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
3410 "которая была упакована."
3413 #: deb-src-control.pod
3415 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
3416 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3417 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
3420 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3422 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3423 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3424 "be separated by a comma."
3428 #: deb-src-control.pod
3430 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
3431 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3432 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
3435 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3437 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3438 "this package complies with."
3442 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3444 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
3445 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3446 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
3449 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3452 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3453 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3454 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3455 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3456 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3458 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
3459 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
3460 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
3461 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
3462 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
3465 #: deb-src-control.pod
3466 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3470 #: deb-src-control.pod
3472 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3473 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3474 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3478 #: deb-src-control.pod
3479 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3483 #: deb-src-control.pod
3485 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3486 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3490 #: deb-src-control.pod
3491 msgid "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all."
3495 #: deb-src-control.pod
3497 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3498 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
3501 #: deb-src-control.pod
3503 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3504 "default when the field is omitted; adding the field with an explicit "
3505 "B<binary-targets> while not strictly needed, marks it as having been "
3506 "analyzed for this requirement."
3510 #: deb-src-control.pod
3511 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3515 #: deb-src-control.pod
3517 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3522 #: deb-src-control.pod
3524 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3525 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3526 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3530 #: deb-src-control.pod
3532 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3533 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3534 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3538 #: deb-src-control.pod
3540 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3541 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3542 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3546 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3548 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3549 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3550 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3553 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3555 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3556 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3557 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3560 #: deb-src-control.pod
3562 "These fields are described in the L<dsc(5)> manual page, as they are "
3563 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3564 "literally to the source control file."
3568 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3570 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3571 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3574 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3576 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3577 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3580 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3582 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3583 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3586 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3588 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3589 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3592 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3594 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3595 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3598 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3600 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3601 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3604 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3606 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3607 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3610 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3612 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3613 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3616 #: deb-src-control.pod
3618 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3619 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, "
3620 "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). "
3621 "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the "
3622 "main branch or the trunk."
3626 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3628 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3629 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3632 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3634 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
3639 #: deb-src-control.pod
3641 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is "
3642 "usually not needed."
3646 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3648 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3649 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3650 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3653 #: deb-src-control.pod
3655 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3656 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3657 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3658 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3659 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3660 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3665 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3667 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3668 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3669 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3672 #: deb-src-control.pod
3674 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3675 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3676 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with "
3677 "older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3681 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3683 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3684 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3685 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3688 #: deb-src-control.pod
3690 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3691 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3696 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3698 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3699 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3700 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3703 #: deb-src-control.pod
3705 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3706 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3707 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3708 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3709 "being used for source-only builds."
3713 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3715 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3716 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3717 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3720 #: deb-src-control.pod
3722 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3723 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3724 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3728 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3730 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3731 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3732 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3735 #: deb-src-control.pod
3737 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3738 "independent packages."
3742 #: deb-src-control.pod
3745 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3746 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3747 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3748 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3749 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3750 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3751 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3752 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3753 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3754 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3755 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3756 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3758 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3759 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3760 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3761 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3762 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3763 "можно указать его версию."
3766 #: deb-src-control.pod
3769 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3770 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3771 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3772 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3773 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3774 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3775 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3776 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3777 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3779 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3780 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3781 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3782 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3783 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3784 "можно указать его версию."
3787 #: deb-src-control.pod
3789 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3790 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3791 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3792 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3793 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3794 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3795 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3796 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3801 #: deb-src-control.pod
3803 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3804 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3805 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3809 #: deb-src-control.pod
3811 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3812 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in "
3813 "the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3814 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3815 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3819 #: deb-src-control.pod
3821 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3822 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3823 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3827 #: deb-src-control.pod
3829 #| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
3830 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3831 msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3834 #: deb-src-control.pod
3836 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3837 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3841 #: deb-src-control.pod
3843 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
3844 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3845 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
3848 #: deb-src-control.pod
3850 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as "
3851 "to a source package name apply."
3855 #: deb-src-control.pod
3857 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
3858 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3859 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
3862 #: deb-src-control.pod
3864 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3865 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3866 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3867 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3868 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3869 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see L<dpkg-"
3870 "architecture(1)> for more information about them)."
3874 #: deb-src-control.pod
3875 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3879 #: deb-src-control.pod
3881 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3882 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3883 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3888 #: deb-src-control.pod
3890 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3891 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3895 #: deb-src-control.pod
3897 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3898 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3899 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3900 "evaluates to true."
3904 #: deb-src-control.pod
3906 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3907 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3908 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3911 #: deb-src-control.pod
3913 "These fields are described in the L<deb-control(5)> manual page, as they are "
3914 "copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3918 #: deb-src-control.pod
3920 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3921 "the L<deb-control(5)> manual page. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3922 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3923 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3924 "reduced when generating the fields for L<deb-control(5)>."
3928 #: deb-src-control.pod
3930 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3931 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3932 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3936 #: deb-src-control.pod
3938 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3939 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3940 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3943 #: deb-src-control.pod
3945 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The "
3946 "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to "
3947 "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom "
3948 "naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or "
3949 "more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3953 #: deb-src-control.pod
3958 #: deb-src-control.pod
3960 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see L<dsc(5)>."
3964 #: deb-src-control.pod
3969 #: deb-src-control.pod
3971 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see L<deb-"
3976 #: deb-src-control.pod
3981 #: deb-src-control.pod
3983 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see L<deb-"
3988 #: deb-src-control.pod
3990 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
3991 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
3992 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
3993 "source package control files."
3997 #: deb-src-control.pod
3999 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
4000 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
4001 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
4002 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
4006 #: deb-src-control.pod
4012 " Priority: required\n"
4013 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
4014 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
4015 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
4016 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
4017 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4018 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4019 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
4020 " Build-Depends: pkgconf, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
4021 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
4026 #: deb-src-control.pod
4029 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
4031 " Priority: optional\n"
4032 " Architecture: all\n"
4033 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
4034 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
4035 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
4036 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
4037 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
4038 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
4039 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
4040 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
4041 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
4042 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
4043 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
4045 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
4046 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
4051 #: deb-src-control.pod
4054 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
4055 "L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>"
4056 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4059 #: deb-src-files.pod
4061 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4062 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
4063 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4066 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4067 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
4069 msgid "B<debian/files>"
4070 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4073 #: deb-src-files.pod
4075 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
4076 "B<.changes> control file."
4080 #: deb-src-files.pod
4081 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
4085 #: deb-src-files.pod
4086 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
4090 #: deb-src-files.pod
4091 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
4095 #: deb-src-files.pod
4097 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
4098 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
4103 #: deb-src-files.pod
4105 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
4106 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
4107 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
4111 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
4112 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
4117 #: deb-src-files.pod
4119 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
4120 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
4124 #: deb-src-files.pod
4126 msgid "L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4127 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4130 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4132 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4133 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
4134 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4137 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4139 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
4140 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4143 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4145 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
4146 "from the source package."
4150 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4152 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
4153 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
4157 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4158 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
4162 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4165 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
4168 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4170 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
4171 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
4175 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4177 msgid "B<build-indep>"
4178 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
4181 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4183 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
4184 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
4185 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4186 "target must not require root privileges."
4190 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4192 msgid "B<build-arch>"
4193 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4196 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4198 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
4199 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
4200 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4201 "target must not require root privileges."
4205 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
4208 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
4211 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4213 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
4214 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
4215 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
4219 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4220 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
4224 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4226 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4227 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
4228 "be called with root privileges."
4232 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4234 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
4235 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4238 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4240 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4241 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
4242 "be called with root privileges."
4246 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4247 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
4252 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4254 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
4255 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
4256 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
4261 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4264 "L<dpkg-architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4265 "parsechangelog(1)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4266 "deb(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4267 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4270 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4271 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
4275 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4277 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
4278 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
4282 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4284 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
4285 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
4286 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
4290 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4295 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4297 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
4298 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
4299 "section L</Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
4300 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
4304 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4305 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
4309 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4311 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
4312 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
4313 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during "
4314 "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, "
4315 "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package."
4319 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4320 msgid "Using symbol tags"
4324 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4326 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
4327 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
4328 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
4329 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection L</"
4330 "Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
4334 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4336 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
4337 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
4338 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags "
4339 "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value "
4340 "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and "
4341 "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
4342 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
4343 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
4344 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
4345 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
4346 "until the first space."
4350 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4353 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
4354 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
4355 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4360 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4362 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
4363 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
4364 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
4365 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
4370 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4372 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
4373 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
4374 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
4375 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
4376 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the L<deb-"
4377 "symbols(5)> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
4378 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, "
4379 "in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and "
4380 "unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form "
4381 "as they were loaded."
4385 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4386 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
4390 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4392 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
4394 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
4397 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4399 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
4400 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
4401 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
4402 "package revision. This behavior serves as a reminder for the maintainer that "
4403 "such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to the "
4404 "library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as MISSING, "
4405 "suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back to the "
4406 "“existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
4410 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4412 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
4413 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
4414 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
4415 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4420 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4422 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4423 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4426 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4428 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4429 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4432 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4434 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4435 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4438 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4440 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4441 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported "
4442 "since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols "
4443 "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern "
4444 "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an "
4445 "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist "
4446 "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause "
4447 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol "
4448 "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4449 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4450 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4451 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4452 "but it is not considered as new."
4456 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4458 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4459 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4460 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4461 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4466 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4468 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4469 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4470 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4471 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4472 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4476 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4479 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4480 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4481 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4486 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4487 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4491 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4494 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4495 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4500 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4501 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4505 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4508 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4509 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4514 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4515 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4519 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4522 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4527 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4529 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4533 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4535 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4536 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4537 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4538 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4539 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4540 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4544 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4546 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4547 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
4550 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4552 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4557 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4563 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4565 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4570 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4576 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4578 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol "
4579 "patterns> subsection below."
4583 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4590 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4592 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4597 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4598 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4602 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4604 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4605 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4606 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4607 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4608 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4609 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4610 "considered as new."
4614 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4616 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. "
4617 "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-c1> or "
4618 "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be "
4619 "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4620 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4621 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4622 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to L</Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4627 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4629 "Patterns are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
4630 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any "
4631 "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of "
4632 "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4633 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4634 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4638 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4639 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4643 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4645 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4646 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by L<c++filt(1)> utility). This "
4647 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4648 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4649 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4650 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4651 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4652 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4653 "32-bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64-"
4654 "bit ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4658 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4661 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4663 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4669 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4671 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4675 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4678 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4683 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4685 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4686 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4687 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4688 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4689 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4690 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should "
4691 "not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4695 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4697 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have "
4698 "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version "
4699 "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> "
4700 "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:"
4704 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4707 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4708 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4710 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4711 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4716 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4718 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4719 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4720 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4721 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4722 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4726 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4728 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4729 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4730 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4731 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4732 "behavior is needed."
4736 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4738 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4739 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4740 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4741 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4742 "string. For example:"
4746 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4749 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4750 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4751 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4756 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4758 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4759 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4760 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4761 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4762 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4766 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4768 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4769 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4774 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4777 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4778 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4783 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4785 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4786 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4787 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4788 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4789 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4790 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4791 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4792 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4793 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4794 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4798 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4800 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4801 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4802 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4803 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4804 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4808 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4810 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4811 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4812 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4813 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4814 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4815 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4819 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4820 msgid "Using includes"
4824 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4826 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4827 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4828 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4832 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4834 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4835 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4840 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4843 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4848 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4849 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4853 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4856 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4861 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4863 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4864 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to "
4865 "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific "
4870 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4873 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4874 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64-bit\"\n"
4875 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32-bit\"\n"
4876 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4881 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4883 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4884 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4885 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4886 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4887 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4888 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4889 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4890 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4894 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4896 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4897 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4898 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4899 "do it is the following:"
4903 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4906 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4907 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4912 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4914 msgid "L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
4915 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
4918 #: deb-substvars.pod
4919 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4923 #: deb-substvars.pod
4925 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4929 #: deb-substvars.pod
4931 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4932 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4933 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4934 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4938 #: deb-substvars.pod
4939 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4943 #: deb-substvars.pod
4945 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4946 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4947 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4948 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4949 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4950 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4954 #: deb-substvars.pod
4959 #: deb-substvars.pod
4961 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
4962 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value> or I<name>B<?=>I<value>. The B<=> "
4963 "operator assigns a normal substitution variable, while the B<?=> operator "
4964 "(since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable which will "
4965 "emit no warnings even if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank "
4966 "lines, and lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
4970 #: deb-substvars.pod
4971 msgid "Substitution"
4975 #: deb-substvars.pod
4977 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
4978 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
4979 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
4983 #: deb-substvars.pod
4985 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
4986 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
4987 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
4988 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
4992 #: deb-substvars.pod
4994 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
4995 "empty value is assumed."
4999 #: deb-substvars.pod
5001 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
5002 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
5003 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
5004 "and B<Architecture> fields."
5008 #: deb-substvars.pod
5010 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
5011 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
5012 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
5013 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
5014 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
5019 #: deb-substvars.pod
5022 " Description: foo application\n"
5030 #: deb-substvars.pod
5031 msgid "It will result in:"
5035 #: deb-substvars.pod
5038 " Description: foo application\n"
5047 #: deb-substvars.pod
5048 msgid "Built-in Variable"
5052 #: deb-substvars.pod
5053 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
5057 #: deb-substvars.pod
5063 #: deb-substvars.pod
5065 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
5066 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
5070 #: deb-substvars.pod
5072 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
5073 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5076 #: deb-substvars.pod
5078 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
5079 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as L<dpkg-vendor(1)> "
5080 "would retrieve it."
5084 #: deb-substvars.pod
5086 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
5087 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5090 #: deb-substvars.pod
5092 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
5093 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
5097 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5098 msgid "B<source:Version>"
5102 #: deb-substvars.pod
5104 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5105 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
5108 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5109 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
5113 #: deb-substvars.pod
5115 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
5116 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5120 #: deb-substvars.pod
5121 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
5125 #: deb-substvars.pod
5127 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
5128 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5132 #: deb-substvars.pod
5134 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
5135 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
5138 #: deb-substvars.pod
5140 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
5141 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
5142 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
5147 #: deb-substvars.pod
5149 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
5150 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5153 #: deb-substvars.pod
5155 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
5156 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5160 #: deb-substvars.pod
5162 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
5163 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
5164 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
5167 #: deb-substvars.pod
5169 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
5170 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5174 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5176 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
5177 msgstr "B<installed>"
5180 #: deb-substvars.pod
5182 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
5183 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
5184 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
5185 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
5186 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
5187 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
5192 #: deb-substvars.pod
5194 "B<Note>: Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
5195 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
5196 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
5197 "less space than the specified in this field."
5201 #: deb-substvars.pod
5202 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
5206 #: deb-substvars.pod
5208 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
5209 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
5210 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
5211 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
5215 #: deb-substvars.pod
5217 msgid "B<S:>I<field-name>"
5218 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5221 #: deb-substvars.pod
5223 "The value of the source stanza field I<field-name> (which must be given in "
5224 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
5225 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
5226 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
5230 #: deb-substvars.pod
5232 msgid "B<F:>I<field-name>"
5233 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5236 #: deb-substvars.pod
5238 "The value of the output field I<field-name> (which must be given in the "
5239 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
5240 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
5244 #: deb-substvars.pod
5249 #: deb-substvars.pod
5251 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
5252 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
5253 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
5257 #: deb-substvars.pod
5258 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
5262 #: deb-substvars.pod
5263 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
5267 #: deb-substvars.pod
5268 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
5272 #: deb-substvars.pod
5274 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
5278 #: deb-substvars.pod
5280 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
5281 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5284 #: deb-substvars.pod
5285 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5289 #: deb-substvars.pod
5291 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
5292 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5295 #: deb-substvars.pod
5296 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5300 #: deb-substvars.pod
5302 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
5303 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
5306 #: deb-substvars.pod
5308 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
5309 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
5312 #: deb-substvars.pod
5315 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, "
5316 "L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
5317 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5321 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
5326 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
5332 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
5333 "subset of the template symbol files used by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> in Debian "
5334 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
5340 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
5349 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
5350 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
5352 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
5354 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
5361 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
5362 "by L<objdump(1)>. A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> "
5363 "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= I<minimal-"
5364 "version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed sufficient)."
5370 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
5371 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
5372 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
5373 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
5374 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
5375 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
5376 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
5382 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
5383 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
5384 "only valid fields are:"
5390 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5391 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
5392 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5397 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
5398 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
5399 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
5405 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5406 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
5407 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5412 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
5413 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
5414 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
5415 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5420 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5426 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5427 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5428 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5429 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5430 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5437 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5438 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5443 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5444 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5449 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5456 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5457 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5458 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5465 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5472 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5473 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5474 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5475 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5477 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5486 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5487 "symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
5488 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5492 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5498 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5505 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5506 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5507 "package creation)."
5513 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace "
5514 "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty "
5515 "lines will be ignored."
5520 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5526 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5527 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5532 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5533 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5538 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5539 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5544 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5545 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5546 "triggers control file."
5552 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5553 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5554 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5555 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5556 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5557 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5558 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5563 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5569 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5570 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5575 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5576 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5581 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5582 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5583 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5584 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5590 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5591 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5592 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5593 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5600 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5601 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5602 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5603 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5604 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5610 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5617 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5618 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5619 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5620 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5621 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5622 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5628 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5629 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5635 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5636 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5642 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5643 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5644 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5645 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5646 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5647 "depending on how it was activated."
5653 msgid "L<dpkg-trigger(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5654 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5659 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5660 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
5664 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5670 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5671 "three components. These are:"
5682 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5683 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5684 "may not contain any colons."
5690 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5691 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5698 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5699 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5704 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5705 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5706 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5707 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5708 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5709 "comparison scheme."
5715 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5716 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5717 "the version number is mandatory."
5723 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5724 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5725 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5726 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5732 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5733 msgstr "B<config-files>"
5738 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5739 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5740 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5741 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5747 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5748 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5749 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5750 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5757 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5758 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5764 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5765 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5766 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5767 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5768 "significant part of the version number)."
5773 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5779 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5780 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5785 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5791 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5792 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5793 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5794 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5795 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5796 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5797 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5803 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5804 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5805 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5806 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5807 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5813 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5814 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5815 "strings are exhausted."
5821 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5822 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5823 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5824 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5825 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5831 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5832 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5833 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5839 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>"
5840 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5844 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5850 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5851 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5852 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5858 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5859 "format are described in L<deb-old(5)>."
5865 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5866 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5867 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5868 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5869 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5876 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5877 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5878 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5879 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5880 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5881 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5882 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5883 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5884 "and device numbers."
5890 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5891 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5892 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5893 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5894 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5901 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5902 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5903 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5904 "(except at the end), as described below."
5910 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5911 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5912 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5913 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5914 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5915 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5916 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5917 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5918 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5919 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5926 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5927 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5928 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5929 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5930 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5931 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5938 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should "
5939 "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be "
5940 "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. "
5941 "Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-binary> "
5942 "and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely ignored "
5943 "by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, ‘B<_>’."
5949 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5950 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5951 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
5967 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
5977 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
5982 msgid "application/x-deb"
5988 "L<deb-old(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-conffiles(5)>, L<deb-"
5989 "md5sums(5)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<deb-"
5990 "preinst(5)>, L<deb-postinst(5)>, L<deb-prerm(5)>, L<deb-postrm(5)>."
5995 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
6001 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
6002 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
6003 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
6004 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
6005 "databases are in a similar format)."
6016 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
6017 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
6018 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
6019 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
6020 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
6021 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
6022 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
6023 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
6024 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
6030 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
6031 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
6032 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
6033 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
6034 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
6035 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
6036 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
6042 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
6043 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
6044 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
6045 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
6059 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
6065 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
6066 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
6072 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
6077 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
6088 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
6089 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
6090 "field does not specify a different type."
6101 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
6102 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
6103 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
6104 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
6110 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
6111 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
6112 "written for RFC5322."
6118 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
6119 msgid "B<multiline>"
6120 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
6125 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
6126 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
6127 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
6128 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
6129 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
6136 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
6137 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
6138 "character version relationships."
6144 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
6145 "between types of control files."
6151 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
6152 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
6153 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
6159 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
6160 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
6161 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
6162 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
6168 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
6169 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
6170 "(I<debian/control>) and in L<deb-origin(5)> files. These comment lines are "
6171 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
6176 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
6181 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
6185 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6187 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
6191 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6193 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
6194 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
6197 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6199 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
6200 "host architecture for package building."
6204 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6206 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
6207 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
6208 "to L<dpkg(1)>, and cannot be set at the command line."
6212 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6214 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
6215 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
6216 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default is "
6217 "determined by an external call to L<gcc(1)>, or the same as the build "
6218 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
6219 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
6220 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, because "
6221 "B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the default."
6225 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-deb.pod
6226 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
6227 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod
6228 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
6233 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6235 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
6236 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6239 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6241 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
6242 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
6246 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6248 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
6249 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6252 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6254 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6255 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
6256 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
6257 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6262 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6264 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6265 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6268 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6270 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6271 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
6272 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
6273 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6278 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6280 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
6281 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
6284 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6285 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
6289 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6291 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
6292 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6295 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6297 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
6298 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
6302 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6304 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
6305 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
6308 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6309 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
6313 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6315 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
6316 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
6319 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6321 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
6322 "the determined value."
6326 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6328 "If the I<command-string> contains shell metacharacters, then it will be "
6329 "invoked through the system bourne shell."
6333 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6335 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
6336 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6339 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6341 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
6342 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
6343 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6347 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6348 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6349 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6350 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
6351 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
6352 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6354 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
6355 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
6358 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6359 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
6360 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6361 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6362 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6363 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6364 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
6365 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6366 #: update-alternatives.pod
6367 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
6371 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6372 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
6373 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6374 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6375 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6376 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
6377 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
6378 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6379 #: update-alternatives.pod
6381 msgid "B<--version>"
6382 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
6385 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6386 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
6387 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6388 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6389 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6390 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6391 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6392 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6393 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
6395 msgid "Show the version and exit."
6396 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
6399 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6400 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6401 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6402 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6403 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6404 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6405 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6406 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
6407 #: update-alternatives.pod
6412 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6414 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
6415 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6418 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6420 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
6421 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6424 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6426 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6427 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6430 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6431 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6435 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6437 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6438 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
6441 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6443 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6444 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6447 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6449 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6450 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6453 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6454 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6458 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6460 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6461 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6464 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6466 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6467 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6471 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6473 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6474 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6477 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6479 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6480 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6484 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6486 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6487 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6490 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6492 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6493 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6497 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6499 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6500 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
6503 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6505 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6506 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6510 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6512 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6513 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6516 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6518 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6519 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6520 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6521 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6522 "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>)."
6526 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6531 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6532 msgid "build machine"
6536 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6537 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6541 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6542 msgid "host machine"
6546 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6547 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6551 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6552 msgid "target machine"
6556 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6558 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6559 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6560 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6561 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6566 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6568 msgid "Debian architecture"
6569 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6572 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6574 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6575 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6579 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6581 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6582 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6585 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6587 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6588 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6589 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6590 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6591 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6595 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6597 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6598 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6601 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6603 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6604 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6605 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6606 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6607 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6611 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6612 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6616 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6617 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6621 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6622 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6626 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6628 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6632 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6633 msgid "GNU system type"
6637 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6639 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6640 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6641 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6645 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6646 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6650 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6652 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6653 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6654 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6655 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6656 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6657 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6661 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6664 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
6667 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6669 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6670 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6671 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6676 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6680 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6681 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6685 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6687 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6688 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6689 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6692 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6694 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6695 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6698 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6700 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6701 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6702 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6705 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6707 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6708 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6711 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6712 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6716 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6717 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6721 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6722 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6726 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6728 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6729 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6732 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6733 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6737 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6738 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6742 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6743 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6747 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6748 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6752 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6753 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6757 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6758 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6762 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6763 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6767 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6768 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6772 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6773 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6777 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6778 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6782 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6783 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6787 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6789 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6790 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6794 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6796 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6797 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6798 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6801 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6802 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6806 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6808 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6809 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6810 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6813 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6815 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6816 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6819 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6821 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6822 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6823 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6826 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6828 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6829 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6832 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6833 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6837 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6838 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6842 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6843 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6847 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6849 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6850 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6853 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6854 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6858 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6859 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6863 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6864 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6868 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6869 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6873 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6874 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6878 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6879 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6883 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6884 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6888 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6889 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6893 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6894 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6898 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6899 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6904 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6908 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6910 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6911 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6915 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6917 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6918 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6919 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6922 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6923 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6927 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6929 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6930 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6931 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6934 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6936 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6937 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6940 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6942 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6943 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6944 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6947 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6949 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6950 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6953 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6955 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6956 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
6957 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6960 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6961 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6965 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6967 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6968 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
6969 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6972 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6974 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6975 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6978 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6980 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6981 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
6982 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6985 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6986 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6990 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6992 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6993 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6994 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6997 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6999 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7003 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7004 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
7008 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7009 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7013 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7014 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
7018 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7019 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7023 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7024 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
7028 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7029 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7033 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7035 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7036 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
7037 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7040 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7042 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
7043 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7047 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7049 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
7050 msgid "Architecture tables"
7051 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
7054 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7056 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
7057 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
7058 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
7059 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
7060 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
7064 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7066 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
7067 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7070 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7072 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
7073 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
7077 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7079 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
7080 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7083 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7085 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
7086 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7090 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7092 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
7093 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7096 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7098 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
7099 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7103 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7105 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
7106 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7109 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7111 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
7112 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7116 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7117 msgid "Packaging support"
7121 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7123 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
7124 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7127 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7129 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
7130 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
7134 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7136 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
7137 "architecture>. Other examples:"
7141 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7144 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
7149 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7152 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
7154 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7157 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7159 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
7164 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7167 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
7169 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7172 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7175 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
7177 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7180 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7181 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
7185 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7188 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
7190 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7193 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7196 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
7198 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7201 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7202 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
7206 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7208 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
7209 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
7210 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
7211 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
7212 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
7213 "cross compilation support in your package:"
7217 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7218 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
7222 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7225 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7226 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7228 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
7229 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7231 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
7232 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7235 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
7240 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7241 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
7245 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7248 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
7253 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7256 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
7263 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7265 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
7266 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
7270 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7272 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
7273 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
7277 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7280 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
7282 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7285 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7287 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
7288 "architecture information during a package build."
7292 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7293 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod
7294 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
7295 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7296 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7297 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7298 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7299 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7300 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
7303 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
7306 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7308 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7309 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
7310 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7313 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7315 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
7316 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
7321 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7322 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7323 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7324 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7325 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7326 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7327 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7328 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7330 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7331 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
7332 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7335 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7336 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7337 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7338 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7339 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
7340 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
7341 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7343 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
7344 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
7348 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7349 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7350 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7351 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7352 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7353 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7355 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7357 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7360 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7361 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7362 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7363 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7364 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7365 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7367 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7368 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
7369 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7373 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7374 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
7378 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7380 msgid "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>."
7381 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7384 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7385 msgid "dpkg-build-api - source package dpkg build API level"
7389 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7391 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
7394 " dpkg-build-api (= 1),\n"
7396 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
7399 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7401 "The source package dpkg build API level, defines a versioned interface for "
7402 "source packages, where each API level provides specific behaviors and "
7407 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7409 "These interfaces can then be adopted by packages in a gradual way, and "
7410 "phased out more easily than with global behavior changes."
7414 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7416 "The declaration of this API level is done through build-dependencies, in one "
7417 "of B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> or B<Build-Depends-Arch>, or via "
7418 "the environment variable B<DPKG_BUILD_API>, which will override these if "
7419 "both are present, and might emit a warning in case they are different."
7423 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7428 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7433 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7435 "This level is still under development, and cannot be declared via build-"
7440 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7445 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7447 msgid "This is the recommended level. Since dpkg 1.22.0."
7448 msgstr "Проект Debian"
7451 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7452 msgid "Changes from v0 are:"
7456 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7458 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> no longer uses the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
7459 "variable. The B<-l> option should be used instead."
7463 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7465 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> defaults to B<Rules-Requires-Root> to B<no>. To "
7466 "restore the B<v0> behavior B<Rules-Requires-Root> should be set to B<binary-"
7471 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7473 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> requires all required F<debian/rules> targets. That is "
7474 "B<clean>, B<build>, B<build-indep>, B<build-arch>, B<binary-indep> and "
7479 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7481 "B<vendor.mk> defaults to using B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v1> for the "
7482 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> macro. To restore the B<v0> behavior set "
7483 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> to B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v0>."
7487 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7488 msgid "B<default.mk> defaults to including B<buildtools.mk>."
7492 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7497 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7499 "This is the current global level, equivalent to not specifying one. The "
7500 "interfaces and behaviors provided are subject to the normal global interface "
7501 "updates, which tend to require longer deprecation cycles and/or coordinated "
7506 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7508 #| msgid "deb-control"
7509 msgid "L<deb-src-control(5)>."
7510 msgstr "deb-control"
7513 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7514 msgid "dpkg-buildapi - returns the build API level to use during package build"
7518 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7520 msgid "B<dpkg-buildapi> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7521 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7524 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7526 "B<dpkg-buildapi> is a tool to retrieve the L<dpkg-build-api(7)> level to use "
7527 "during build of source Debian packages."
7531 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7532 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.0."
7536 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
7538 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
7542 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7544 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
7545 "default is F<debian/control>."
7549 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7550 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7551 #: update-alternatives.pod
7554 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
7557 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7559 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7560 msgid "B<DPKG_BUILD_API>"
7561 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7564 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7566 "The build API level to use. This is intended to be used internally by the "
7567 "tools executed from F<debian/rules> to avoid having to parse F<debian/"
7568 "control> multiple times, and not to set the global build API level from "
7569 "F<debian/rules>, otherwise build drivers (such as L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>) "
7574 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7576 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7577 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildapi.mk>"
7578 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7581 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7582 msgid "Makefile snippet that will parse the build API level."
7586 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7587 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
7591 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7593 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7594 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7597 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7599 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
7600 "build of Debian packages."
7604 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7606 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
7607 "overridden in several ways:"
7611 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7616 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7617 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
7621 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7626 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7628 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7629 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7633 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7638 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7640 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section L</"
7645 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7650 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7652 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7653 "B<debian/rules> (see section L</ENVIRONMENT>)."
7657 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7658 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7662 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7664 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7665 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7668 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7669 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7673 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7675 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7676 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7679 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7681 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>. "
7682 "Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7686 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7688 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7689 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7692 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7694 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7695 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7700 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7702 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7703 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7706 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7708 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7709 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7710 "non-empty. Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7714 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7716 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7717 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7721 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7722 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.7."
7726 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7729 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
7732 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7734 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7735 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7736 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7740 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7746 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7748 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7749 "the L</SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7753 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7756 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
7759 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7761 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of B<dpkg-"
7762 "buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, current "
7763 "vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags "
7764 "with their origin."
7768 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7770 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7771 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7772 "problems related to them."
7776 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7778 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7779 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
7782 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7784 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7785 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7786 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7787 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7788 "environment. Supported formats:"
7792 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7797 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7799 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7800 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7801 "evaluation by a shell."
7805 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7810 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7812 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7813 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7818 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7820 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
7821 msgid "B<configure>"
7822 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
7825 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7826 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7830 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7835 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7837 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7838 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7839 "using an B<include> directive."
7843 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7845 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7846 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7849 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7851 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7852 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7856 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7858 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7859 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7862 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7864 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7865 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7870 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7873 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
7876 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7877 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7881 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7887 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7888 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7892 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7898 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7899 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7903 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7909 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7910 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7914 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7920 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7922 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of the "
7923 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7924 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7925 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7926 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7930 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7931 msgid "For example:"
7935 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7940 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
7945 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7957 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7960 " Area: hardening\n"
7969 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7972 " Area: reproducible\n"
7980 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7984 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
7990 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7994 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
8000 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8002 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
8003 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
8006 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8008 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
8009 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
8010 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
8011 "The only currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<future>, "
8012 "B<qa>, B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE "
8013 "AREAS> section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known "
8014 "otherwise exits with 1."
8018 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8020 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
8024 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8034 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8037 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
8043 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8044 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
8048 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8054 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8056 "Options for the host assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
8060 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8066 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8068 "Options for the host C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8069 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8070 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
8074 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8079 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8080 msgid "Options for the host C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
8084 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8089 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8090 msgid "Options for the host C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
8094 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8096 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
8100 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8102 "Options for the host Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8107 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8109 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
8113 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8115 "Options for the host Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>. Since "
8120 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8126 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8127 msgid "Options for the host D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
8131 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8136 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8137 msgid "Options for the host Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
8141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8147 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8149 "Options for the host Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8154 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8159 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8161 "Options passed to the host compiler when linking executables or shared "
8162 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8163 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty."
8167 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8169 msgid "B<ASFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8173 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8175 "Options for the build assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8179 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8181 msgid "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8185 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8187 "Options for the build C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8188 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8189 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>). Since "
8194 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8196 msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8200 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8202 "Options for the build C preprocessor. Default value: empty. Since dpkg "
8207 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8209 msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8213 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8215 "Options for the build C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since "
8220 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8222 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8226 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8228 "Options for the build Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8229 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8233 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8235 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8239 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8241 "Options for the build Objective C++ compiler. Same as "
8242 "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8246 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8248 msgid "B<DFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8252 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8253 msgid "Options for the build D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8257 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8259 msgid "B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8263 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8265 "Options for the build Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of "
8266 "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8270 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8272 msgid "B<FCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8276 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8278 "Options for the build Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8279 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8283 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8285 msgid "B<LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8289 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8291 "Options passed to the build compiler when linking executables or shared "
8292 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8293 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8297 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8299 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
8300 "support other languages)."
8304 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8305 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
8309 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8311 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8312 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
8313 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” "
8314 "feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
8318 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8321 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
8326 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8328 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
8329 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
8330 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
8335 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8338 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
8343 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8348 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8350 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8351 "that can change the ABI of a package, but cannot be enabled by default due "
8352 "to backwards compatibility reasons unless coordinated or checked "
8357 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8362 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8364 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables Large File "
8365 "Support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by "
8366 "default, by adding B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to "
8371 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8373 "When this feature is enabled it will override the value from the same "
8374 "feature in the B<future> feature area."
8378 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8381 msgstr "B<installed>"
8384 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8386 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables 64-bit time_t "
8387 "support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include it by "
8388 "default, by adding B<-D_TIME_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This setting "
8389 "automatically enables the B<lfs> feature as it requires it."
8393 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8398 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8400 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8401 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
8406 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8408 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.0; disabled by default) is now an alias for "
8409 "the B<lfs> feature in the B<abi> area, use that instead. The feature from "
8410 "the B<abi> area overrides this setting."
8414 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8419 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8421 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
8422 "problems in the source code or build system."
8426 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8429 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8432 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8434 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.4; disabled by default) adds any warning "
8435 "option that reliably detects problematic source code. The warnings are "
8436 "fatal. The only currently supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> "
8437 "with flags set to B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-"
8438 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
8442 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8447 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8449 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; disabled by default) adds dummy canary "
8450 "options to the build flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how "
8451 "the build flags propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build "
8452 "flag settings. The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, "
8453 "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
8454 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
8455 "canary->I<random-id>."
8459 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8464 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8466 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
8467 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: enabling B<all> these "
8468 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
8472 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8477 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8479 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
8480 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8481 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<FCFLAGS> and "
8486 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8491 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8493 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
8494 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
8495 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options "
8496 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
8497 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
8501 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8506 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8508 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8509 "fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-"
8510 "pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>."
8514 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8517 msgstr "B<installed>"
8520 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8522 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8523 "fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8527 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8532 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8534 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8535 "fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It gets automatically disabled if either the "
8536 "B<address> or the B<thread> features are enabled, as they imply it."
8540 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8542 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
8543 msgid "B<undefined>"
8544 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
8547 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8549 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8550 "fsanitize=undefined> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8554 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8559 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8561 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
8562 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
8563 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
8564 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
8568 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8571 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
8574 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8576 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -"
8577 "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and "
8578 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string uses, and will "
8579 "fail when format functions are used in a way that represent possible "
8580 "security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and "
8581 "B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and there "
8582 "are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", "
8583 "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from untrusted "
8584 "input and contains ‘%n’."
8588 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8593 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8595 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-"
8596 "D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler "
8597 "knows a great deal of information about buffer sizes (where possible), and "
8598 "attempts to replace insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with "
8599 "length-limited ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. "
8600 "Additionally, format strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are "
8601 "blocked. If an application depends on such a format string, it will need to "
8606 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8608 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
8609 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
8610 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
8611 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
8615 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8616 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
8620 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8622 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong "
8623 "is not in use) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to "
8624 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
8625 "B<FCFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders "
8626 "many potential code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best "
8627 "case this turns code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or "
8628 "into non-issues (depending on the application)."
8632 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8634 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
8635 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
8636 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
8640 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8641 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
8645 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8647 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.11; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-"
8648 "protector-strong> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, "
8649 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, "
8650 "but without significant performance penalties."
8654 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8655 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
8659 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8661 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
8662 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
8666 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8668 msgid "B<stackclash>"
8669 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
8672 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8674 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-clash-"
8675 "protection> on B<amd64>, B<arm64>, B<armhf> and B<armel> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8676 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8677 "adds code to prevent stack clash style attacks."
8681 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8686 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8688 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fcf-protection> "
8689 "on B<amd64> and B<-mbranch-protection=standard> on B<arm64> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8690 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8691 "adds branch protection to indirect calls, jumps and returns to check whether "
8692 "these are valid at run-time."
8696 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8703 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8705 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to "
8706 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be "
8707 "written to by the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-"
8708 "only before turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents "
8709 "GOT overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
8714 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8719 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8721 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to "
8722 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing "
8723 "for the entire PLT to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The "
8724 "option cannot become enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
8728 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8733 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8735 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, "
8736 "as it is enabled by default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, "
8737 "hurd-i386, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, "
8738 "powerpc, ppc64, ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian "
8739 "architectures) adds the required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc "
8740 "specs files, if needed, depending on whether gcc injects on that "
8741 "architecture the flags by itself or not. When the setting is enabled and "
8742 "gcc injects the flags, it adds nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc "
8743 "does not inject the flags, it adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler."
8744 "specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
8745 "and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
8746 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
8747 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
8748 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
8749 "fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) to B<LDFLAGS>."
8753 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8755 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
8756 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
8757 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
8758 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
8759 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
8760 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
8761 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
8762 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
8767 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8769 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
8770 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
8771 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
8772 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
8776 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8778 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
8779 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
8780 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
8784 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8789 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8790 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
8794 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8800 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8801 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
8805 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8811 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8812 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
8816 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8818 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
8819 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
8820 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
8821 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
8822 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
8823 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
8824 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
8825 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
8826 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
8827 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note>: This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8832 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8834 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8835 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8836 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8837 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8838 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8839 "worst-case penalty."
8843 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8844 msgid "reproducible"
8848 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8850 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
8851 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
8852 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
8857 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8860 msgstr "B<installed>"
8863 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8865 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to "
8866 "B<CPPFLAGS>. This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and "
8867 "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used."
8871 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8873 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
8874 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8877 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8879 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.1; enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-"
8880 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8881 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8882 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8883 "removing the build path from any generated file."
8887 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8889 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
8890 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
8894 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8896 "B<Note>: If the build process captures the build flags into the resulting "
8897 "built objects, that will make the package unreproducible. And while "
8898 "disabling this option might make some of the objects reproducible again this "
8899 "would also require disabling B<fixdebugpath>, which might make any generated "
8900 "debug symbols objects unreproducible. The ideal fix is to stop capturing "
8905 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8907 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
8908 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8911 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8913 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.5; enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-"
8914 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
8915 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
8916 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
8917 "removing the build path from any generated debug symbols."
8921 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8923 "B<Note>: This feature has similar reproducible properties as B<fixfilepath>."
8927 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8929 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
8930 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
8931 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
8932 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
8933 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
8938 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8939 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
8943 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8944 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8948 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8950 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
8954 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8955 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8959 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8960 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8964 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8966 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
8967 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
8971 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8972 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
8976 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8977 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8981 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8983 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
8984 "returned for the given I<flag>."
8988 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8989 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8993 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8994 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
8998 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9000 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
9001 "returned for the given I<flag>."
9005 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
9006 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
9010 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9011 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9015 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9017 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
9018 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
9019 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
9020 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for "
9025 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
9026 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
9030 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9032 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
9033 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
9037 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9039 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9040 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
9041 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9044 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9046 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
9047 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
9048 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
9052 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9054 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
9055 msgid "Configuration files"
9056 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
9059 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9061 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9062 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
9063 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9066 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9067 msgid "System wide configuration file."
9071 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9073 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9074 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
9075 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9078 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9080 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9081 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
9082 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9085 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9086 msgid "User configuration file."
9090 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9092 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9093 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
9094 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9097 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9099 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
9100 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
9104 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9105 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
9109 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9112 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9117 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9120 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9125 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9127 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
9128 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
9132 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9135 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
9140 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9141 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
9145 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9148 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
9149 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
9154 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9156 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
9157 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
9158 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
9159 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on "
9160 "this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
9164 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9166 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
9167 "options to configure or L<make(1)> directly, as shown above."
9171 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9173 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
9174 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
9175 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
9176 "storing the build flags in make variables."
9180 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9182 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
9183 "picked up by your build system):"
9187 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9190 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
9191 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9196 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9198 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
9199 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
9203 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9206 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9207 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
9212 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9213 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
9217 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9220 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9222 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
9227 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9228 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
9232 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9234 msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
9235 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
9238 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9240 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
9241 "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:"
9245 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9251 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9253 "It runs the B<preinit> hook before reading any source file. It prepares the "
9254 "build environment by setting various environment variables (see "
9255 "B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --before-"
9256 "build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
9260 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9266 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9269 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
9270 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
9271 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9274 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9280 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9282 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
9283 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs the "
9284 "B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the build-"
9285 "tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
9289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9295 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9297 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
9298 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
9299 "equivalent options)."
9303 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9309 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9311 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
9312 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
9313 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
9314 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
9315 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
9316 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
9317 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
9318 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
9319 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
9320 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
9324 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9330 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9332 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
9333 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
9334 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>."
9338 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9344 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9346 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
9347 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
9348 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
9352 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9354 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9355 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>"
9356 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9359 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9361 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9362 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>"
9363 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9366 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9368 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9369 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>."
9370 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9373 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9374 msgid "Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9378 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9384 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9386 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
9387 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
9391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9397 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9398 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
9402 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9407 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9409 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
9410 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
9415 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9420 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9422 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
9423 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
9424 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
9425 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
9426 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
9427 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
9431 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9436 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9437 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
9441 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9444 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
9445 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
9446 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
9447 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
9450 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
9451 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
9452 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
9453 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
9454 "начинается с B<#>)."
9457 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9459 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
9460 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9463 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9465 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
9466 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
9467 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
9468 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9472 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9473 msgid "The allowed values are:"
9477 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9480 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9483 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9485 msgid "Builds the source package."
9486 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
9489 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9491 "B<Note>: When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
9492 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
9493 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
9494 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
9495 "the B<clean> target."
9499 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9504 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9505 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
9509 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9515 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9516 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
9520 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9522 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
9523 "an alias for B<any,all>."
9527 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9532 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9534 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
9535 "the default case when no build option is specified."
9539 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9544 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9545 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9549 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
9554 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9555 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9559 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9565 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9566 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
9570 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9575 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9576 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
9580 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9586 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9587 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
9591 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9597 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9598 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
9602 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9607 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9609 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
9610 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
9614 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9616 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
9617 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9620 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9622 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
9623 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9626 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9628 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
9629 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9632 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9634 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
9635 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
9636 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
9637 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
9638 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
9639 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
9640 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
9641 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
9645 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9647 msgid "B<--as-root>"
9648 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9651 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9653 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
9654 "that the target be run with root rights."
9658 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9664 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9670 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9676 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
9677 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
9679 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
9680 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
9683 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9685 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
9686 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
9689 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9690 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
9694 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9695 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
9699 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9700 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9704 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9706 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9707 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9710 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9712 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9713 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9716 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9717 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9721 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9723 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9724 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9727 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9729 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9730 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9733 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9734 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9738 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9740 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
9741 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
9742 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
9746 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9748 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
9749 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
9750 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
9754 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9756 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
9757 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9760 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9762 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
9763 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
9767 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9769 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
9770 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9773 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9775 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
9776 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
9777 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
9781 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9783 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9787 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9789 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
9790 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
9791 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
9792 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
9793 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
9797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9799 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9800 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9803 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9805 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
9806 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
9807 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
9808 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
9809 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
9810 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
9811 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
9816 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9818 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9819 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
9820 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
9821 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
9822 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
9823 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
9824 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
9825 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
9826 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
9831 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9833 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9834 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9837 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9839 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
9840 "to the B<-j> above."
9844 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9846 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
9847 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
9852 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9854 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9855 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9858 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9860 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
9861 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
9862 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
9863 "environment variable."
9867 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9869 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
9870 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
9871 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
9872 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
9876 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9878 "B<Note>: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
9879 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
9880 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
9884 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9886 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
9887 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
9890 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9893 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
9894 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
9895 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9898 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9900 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
9901 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9904 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9907 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
9909 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9912 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9914 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
9915 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
9918 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9920 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
9921 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
9922 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
9926 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9928 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
9929 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9932 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9934 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
9935 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
9939 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9941 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
9942 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
9945 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9947 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
9948 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
9949 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
9954 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9956 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
9957 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
9960 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9963 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
9965 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
9968 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9970 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
9971 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
9974 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9976 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
9977 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
9981 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9983 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
9984 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
9987 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9989 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
9990 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
9994 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9996 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
9997 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
10000 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10002 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
10003 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
10004 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
10005 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
10006 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
10007 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
10011 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10013 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
10014 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10017 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10019 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
10020 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
10021 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
10022 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
10023 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
10024 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
10025 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
10026 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
10027 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
10028 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
10029 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
10034 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10036 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
10037 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
10040 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10042 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
10043 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
10044 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
10045 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
10046 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
10047 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
10048 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
10052 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10053 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
10057 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10059 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
10060 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
10061 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
10065 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10067 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
10068 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10071 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10073 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
10074 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
10079 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10080 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
10084 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10086 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
10087 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
10088 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
10089 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
10090 "source directory."
10094 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10096 "Some hooks can receive addition information through environment variables "
10097 "(since dpkg 1.22.0). All hooks get the hook name in the "
10098 "B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_NAME> environment variable (since dpkg 1.22.0)."
10102 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10104 "B<Note>: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
10105 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
10109 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10110 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
10114 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10116 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
10118 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
10121 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10123 #| msgid "B<install>"
10125 msgstr "B<install>"
10128 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10130 msgid "B<preclean>"
10131 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
10134 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10136 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_SOURCE_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10137 "of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-source> call."
10141 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10143 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILD_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10144 "rules> build target called, but only if called."
10148 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10150 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BINARY_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10151 "rules> binary target called, but only if called."
10155 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10157 msgid "B<buildinfo>"
10158 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10161 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10163 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILDINFO_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10164 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> call."
10168 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10174 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10176 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHANGES_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10177 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genchanges> call."
10181 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10183 msgid "B<postclean>"
10184 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10187 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10189 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10191 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10194 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10196 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHECK_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10197 "of options that will passed to the check command call."
10201 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10203 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10205 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10208 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10213 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10215 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
10216 "will get applied to it before execution:"
10220 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10225 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10226 msgid "A single % character."
10230 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10235 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10237 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
10242 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10247 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
10249 msgid "The source package name."
10250 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
10253 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10258 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10259 msgid "The source package version."
10263 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10268 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10269 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
10273 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10278 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10280 msgid "The upstream version."
10281 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10284 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10286 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
10287 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10290 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10293 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10294 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10297 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10299 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
10300 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10303 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10305 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
10306 "used multiple times."
10310 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10312 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
10313 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10316 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10318 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
10319 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10323 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10325 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
10326 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
10330 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10333 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10336 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10337 msgid "(any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
10341 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10346 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10347 msgid "(from Sequoia-PGP)"
10351 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10356 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10357 msgid "(from GnuPG)"
10361 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10363 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
10364 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10367 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10369 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
10370 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file, a B<.buildinfo> file or a B<.changes> "
10371 "file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) "
10372 "instead of the default or auto-detected backend command (long option since "
10373 "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the backend specific arguments "
10374 "according to the B<--sign-backend> selected. I<sign-command> should not "
10375 "contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
10379 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10381 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
10382 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10385 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10387 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
10388 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10391 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10393 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
10394 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
10395 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10399 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10401 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
10402 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10405 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10407 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
10408 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10412 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10414 "B<Note>: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
10419 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10421 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
10422 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10425 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10427 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10428 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10431 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10433 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
10434 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10437 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10439 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
10440 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10443 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10445 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
10446 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
10449 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10452 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
10454 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10457 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10459 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10460 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
10461 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10464 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10466 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
10467 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
10471 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10473 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
10474 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10477 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10479 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
10480 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
10481 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
10485 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10491 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10497 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10503 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10509 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10515 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10521 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10527 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10533 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10539 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10541 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
10542 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10545 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10547 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
10548 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
10551 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10553 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
10554 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10557 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10559 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
10560 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10563 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10564 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
10568 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10570 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
10571 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10574 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10576 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10581 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10583 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10584 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
10585 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
10588 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10591 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10592 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10595 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10597 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
10598 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10601 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10603 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10608 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
10609 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10610 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10614 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10616 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
10617 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10620 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
10622 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
10623 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
10627 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10628 msgid "External environment"
10632 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10633 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
10637 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10639 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
10640 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
10644 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10645 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
10649 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10651 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10652 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
10656 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10658 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10659 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
10660 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10663 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10665 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10666 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
10670 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10672 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that affect the "
10673 "behavior of some dpkg tools involved in package building, and might affect "
10674 "the package build process if the code in F<debian/rules> honors them."
10678 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10680 "The following are the options known and supported by dpkg tools, other "
10681 "options honored by F<debian/rules> might be defined by distribution specific "
10686 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10687 msgid "B<parallel=>I<N>"
10691 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10693 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging might use this option to set up the "
10694 "build process to use I<N> parallel jobs. It is overridden by the B<--jobs> "
10695 "and B<--jobs-force> options."
10699 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10701 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10703 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10706 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10708 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will ignore the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable. The "
10709 "F<debian/rules> in the packaging is not expected to run test suites during "
10714 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10719 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10721 "If F<debian/rules> calls B<dpkg-buildflags> to set up the build flags, those "
10722 "will be set to not enable any optimizations."
10726 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10731 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10733 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging should ensure that objects do not get "
10734 "the debugging information stripped. If F<debian/rules> includes the B<mk/"
10735 "buildtools.mk> make fragment the B<STRIP> make variable will respect this "
10740 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10743 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
10746 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10748 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will append the B<--no-print-directory> L<make(1)> flag "
10749 "to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable. The F<debian/rules> in the "
10750 "packaging should reduce verbosity, while not being completely quiet."
10754 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10755 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
10759 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10761 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
10762 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
10763 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
10767 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10768 msgid "Internal environment"
10772 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10774 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
10775 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
10776 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
10777 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
10781 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10782 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
10786 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10788 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10789 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
10790 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10793 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10795 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10796 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
10797 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10800 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10802 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
10803 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
10804 "the build environment."
10808 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10809 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
10813 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10815 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
10816 "field, the dpkg-build-api level or from the command-line. When set, it will "
10817 "be a valid value for the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify "
10818 "B<debian/rules> whether the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is "
10823 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10825 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10826 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
10827 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
10830 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10832 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
10833 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
10837 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
10838 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
10842 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10844 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
10845 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
10849 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10851 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10852 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
10853 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10856 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10858 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
10859 msgid "System wide configuration file"
10860 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
10863 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10865 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10866 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
10867 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10870 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10872 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10873 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
10874 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
10877 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10878 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
10882 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10884 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
10885 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
10886 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
10890 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10891 msgid "Default build targets"
10895 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10897 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
10898 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages "
10899 "of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does "
10900 "not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since "
10901 "dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f debian/"
10902 "rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code."
10906 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod
10907 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod
10912 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10914 "Building binary or source packages should only be performed over trusted "
10919 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10921 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
10922 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
10926 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10929 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<dpkg-source(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10930 "architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>, L<dpkg-"
10931 "genchanges(1)>, L<fakeroot(1)>, L<lintian(1)>, L<https://datatracker.ietf."
10932 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, L<sq(1)>, L<gpg(1)>."
10933 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
10936 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10937 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
10938 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
10941 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10943 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
10944 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
10947 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10949 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
10950 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
10951 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
10953 "Эта программа проверяет установленные в системе пакеты на предмет сборочных "
10954 "зависимостей и конфликтов, описанных в файле control. Если какие-то из этих "
10955 "зависимостей или конфликтов не удовлетворены, то об этом сообщается и работа "
10956 "завершается с ненулевым кодом возврата."
10959 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10962 #| "By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename "
10963 #| "may be specified on the command line."
10965 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
10966 "be specified on the command line."
10968 "По умолчанию читается I<debian/control>, но в командной строке можно задать "
10969 "другое имя файла control."
10972 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10975 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
10978 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
10979 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
10980 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
10982 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
10983 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
10986 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
10989 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
10992 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
10993 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
10994 "source package is to be built."
10996 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
10997 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
11000 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11005 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11007 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
11008 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
11009 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
11013 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11014 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
11018 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11019 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
11023 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11025 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
11026 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
11030 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11032 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
11033 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
11036 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11038 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11039 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
11040 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
11044 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11045 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
11049 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11051 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11052 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
11053 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
11057 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11059 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
11060 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
11066 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
11072 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11073 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11079 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
11081 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
11086 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
11092 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
11093 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
11094 "and run it for you."
11100 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
11101 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
11102 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
11103 "command description."
11109 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
11110 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11115 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
11116 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
11117 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. This "
11118 "directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but "
11119 "instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's control "
11120 "information area."
11126 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
11127 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
11128 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
11129 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
11130 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
11136 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
11137 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
11142 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
11148 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
11149 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
11150 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
11151 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
11152 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
11158 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
11159 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11164 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
11165 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
11170 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
11171 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
11177 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
11178 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
11179 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
11186 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
11187 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
11192 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
11193 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
11194 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
11200 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
11201 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11206 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
11207 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
11212 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
11219 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
11220 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
11221 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
11222 "name (and a colon and space)."
11227 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
11231 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11233 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
11234 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11239 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
11240 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
11245 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11247 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11248 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11253 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
11260 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
11261 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
11267 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
11268 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
11272 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11274 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11275 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11280 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
11281 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
11287 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11288 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11293 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
11294 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
11295 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
11301 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
11307 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
11308 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
11312 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11314 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
11315 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11320 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
11321 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with L<tar(1)> this "
11322 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
11323 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
11327 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11328 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
11334 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
11335 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with L<tar(1)> this can be used "
11336 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
11337 "always be processed sequentially."
11341 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11343 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
11344 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11349 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
11350 "specified directory."
11356 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
11357 "directory is used."
11362 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
11368 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
11369 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
11375 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
11376 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
11377 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
11378 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
11379 "showformat> option in L<dpkg-query(1)>."
11384 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
11390 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
11391 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11396 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
11397 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
11398 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
11399 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
11400 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
11401 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
11407 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
11408 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11413 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
11414 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
11415 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
11416 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
11422 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
11423 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11428 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
11429 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
11430 "and B<none> (default is B<%DEB_DEFAULT_COMPRESSOR%>)."
11436 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
11437 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11442 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
11443 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
11444 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
11445 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
11446 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
11447 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
11452 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
11454 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
11455 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
11460 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
11461 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
11466 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
11472 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
11473 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
11479 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
11480 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
11481 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
11482 "of a meta manifest."
11488 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
11489 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
11494 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
11495 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
11496 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
11502 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
11503 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
11504 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
11510 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
11511 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11516 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
11517 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
11521 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
11523 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
11524 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
11529 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
11530 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
11536 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
11537 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
11541 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
11545 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11546 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11547 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11548 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
11552 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11553 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11554 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11559 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11560 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
11564 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11565 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11566 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11571 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11572 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11574 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
11575 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
11576 "allocations, etc."
11582 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11583 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
11584 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11588 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
11594 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11595 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
11596 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11601 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11602 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
11606 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
11612 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11613 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
11614 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11619 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11620 msgstr "Проект Debian"
11624 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
11628 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11635 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
11636 "temporary files and directories."
11642 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
11643 "L<deb(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container and used to clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> "
11650 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
11651 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
11652 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
11658 "Examining untrusted package archives or extracting them into staging "
11659 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
11660 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
11661 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted package archives should not be done "
11662 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression library supported, in "
11663 "addition to the archive formats and control files themselves. Performing "
11664 "these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
11669 msgid "Building package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
11675 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
11681 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
11682 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
11683 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
11684 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
11685 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
11692 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
11693 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>."
11694 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11697 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11698 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
11702 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11704 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
11705 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11708 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11709 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
11713 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11715 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
11716 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
11720 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11722 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
11723 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
11724 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
11728 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
11729 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11731 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
11732 msgstr "I<control>"
11735 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
11737 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
11742 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11744 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
11745 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
11749 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
11751 msgid "L<deb-src-files(5)>."
11752 msgstr "I<control>"
11756 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
11762 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11763 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11768 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
11775 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing L<dpkg(1)> not to install a file "
11776 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
11777 "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
11778 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
11779 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
11780 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
11781 "version of a package which contains those files."
11787 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
11788 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
11793 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11800 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
11801 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11806 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
11811 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11813 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
11814 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11818 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
11824 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
11825 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
11830 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
11831 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
11838 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
11839 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
11843 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
11847 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11848 #: update-alternatives.pod
11850 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
11851 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11856 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
11857 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
11861 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
11862 #: update-alternatives.pod
11864 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
11865 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11868 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11870 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
11871 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
11876 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11877 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
11879 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
11880 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
11883 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11885 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
11886 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
11887 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
11894 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
11895 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
11900 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
11901 "other packages, will be diverted."
11908 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11913 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
11914 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
11915 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified "
11922 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
11923 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
11928 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
11929 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
11933 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11936 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
11940 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
11946 msgid "B<--rename>"
11947 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
11952 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
11953 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
11954 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
11955 "no-rename> for more details)."
11961 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
11962 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
11967 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
11968 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
11969 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
11970 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
11971 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
11972 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
11979 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11983 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
11987 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
11988 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11990 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11991 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
11992 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11995 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11997 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
11998 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
12002 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
12003 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12005 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12006 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
12007 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12010 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12012 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
12013 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
12017 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
12019 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12020 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
12021 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12026 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
12027 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
12031 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12032 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
12035 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
12039 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12040 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
12042 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
12043 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
12044 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
12050 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
12051 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
12056 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
12057 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
12058 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
12064 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
12065 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
12071 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
12072 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
12078 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
12084 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, L<ldconfig(8)> creates "
12085 "a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. "
12086 "Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), the symlink "
12087 "may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the "
12088 "same SONAME as the undiverted one."
12094 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
12095 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
12096 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
12103 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12109 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
12116 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12123 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
12124 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
12131 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
12132 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12140 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12145 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12146 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
12150 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12152 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
12153 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12156 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12158 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
12159 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
12160 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
12161 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
12165 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12167 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
12168 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
12169 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
12170 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
12174 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12175 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
12179 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12180 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
12184 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12185 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
12189 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12191 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
12192 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
12196 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12197 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
12201 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12202 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
12206 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12208 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
12209 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
12213 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12215 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
12219 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12220 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
12224 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12226 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
12227 "that might need to recreate files."
12231 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12233 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
12234 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
12238 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12239 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
12243 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12244 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
12248 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12249 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
12253 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12254 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
12258 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12259 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
12263 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12265 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
12266 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
12270 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12272 #| msgid "List of available packages."
12273 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
12274 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
12277 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12278 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
12282 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12284 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
12285 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
12286 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
12290 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12292 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
12293 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
12294 "further investigation."
12298 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12300 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
12301 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
12302 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
12303 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
12307 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12308 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.6."
12312 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12314 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
12315 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12318 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12320 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
12321 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
12325 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12327 msgid "B<--prevention>"
12328 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12331 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12333 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
12334 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12337 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12339 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
12340 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
12341 "take will be prompted."
12345 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12347 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
12348 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
12352 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12354 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
12355 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12358 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12360 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
12361 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
12364 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12366 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
12367 "place, only the preparatory part."
12371 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12373 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12374 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
12375 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12378 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12379 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
12383 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12384 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
12388 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12389 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
12393 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12395 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
12396 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12399 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12401 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12402 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12403 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
12404 "buildinfo> file)."
12408 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12409 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
12413 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12414 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
12418 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12420 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12421 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12426 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12428 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12429 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12434 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12436 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
12437 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
12441 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12443 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12444 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
12448 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12450 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12451 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
12452 "build option is specified."
12456 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12458 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
12459 msgstr "I<control>"
12462 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12464 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
12465 "is B<debian/control>."
12469 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12472 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
12473 msgstr "I<control>"
12476 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12478 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
12479 "B<debian/changelog>."
12483 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12485 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
12486 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
12490 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12493 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
12494 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12497 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12500 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> for "
12501 "information about alternative formats."
12505 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12506 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12508 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
12509 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12512 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12514 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
12515 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12516 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
12521 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12523 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
12524 msgstr "I<control>"
12527 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12529 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12530 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12531 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
12535 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12537 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
12538 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12541 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12542 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
12546 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12548 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
12549 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
12553 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12555 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
12556 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12559 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12561 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
12562 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
12566 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12568 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
12573 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12575 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
12576 "the B<.buildinfo>."
12580 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12582 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
12587 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12594 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12596 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
12597 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12601 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12603 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
12604 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
12605 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
12606 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
12607 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
12608 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
12609 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
12613 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12615 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
12616 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
12620 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12622 msgid "L<deb-buildinfo(5)>."
12623 msgstr "I<control>"
12626 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12627 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
12631 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12633 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
12634 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12637 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12639 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12640 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12641 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
12645 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12647 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
12652 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12654 msgid "Upload the source package."
12655 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
12658 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12659 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
12663 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12664 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
12668 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12670 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
12671 "an alias for B<any,all>."
12675 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12677 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
12678 "default case when no build option is specified."
12682 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12684 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
12685 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
12686 "B> haven't been used)."
12690 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12692 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
12693 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
12694 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
12699 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12700 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
12704 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12705 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
12709 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12711 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
12712 "I<version> to be used."
12716 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12718 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
12719 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
12723 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12725 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12726 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12731 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12733 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
12734 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
12739 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12740 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
12744 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
12746 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for a "
12747 "discussion of output substitution."
12751 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
12753 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
12754 msgstr "I<control>"
12757 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12759 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12760 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
12761 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
12762 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
12763 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
12764 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
12769 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12771 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
12772 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
12775 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12776 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
12780 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12782 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
12783 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12786 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
12787 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
12791 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12793 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
12798 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12800 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12801 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12802 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
12806 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12808 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
12809 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
12810 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12814 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12816 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
12817 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
12821 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12823 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12824 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
12828 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
12831 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-src-files(5)>, L<deb-"
12832 "changelog(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>."
12833 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
12836 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12837 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
12841 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12843 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
12844 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12847 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12849 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
12850 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
12851 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
12855 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12857 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
12858 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
12859 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
12860 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
12861 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it "
12862 "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
12863 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
12864 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
12865 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
12869 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12871 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
12872 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
12873 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
12878 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12880 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
12885 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12886 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
12890 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12892 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for discussion "
12893 "of output substitution."
12897 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12899 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
12900 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
12901 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
12905 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12907 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
12908 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
12911 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12913 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
12914 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
12915 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
12920 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12922 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
12923 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12926 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12928 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
12929 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
12933 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12934 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
12938 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12940 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
12941 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
12942 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
12943 "file. This is now the default behavior. If you want to get the old behavior "
12944 "you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control file."
12948 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12950 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
12951 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12954 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12956 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
12957 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
12958 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
12962 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12964 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
12965 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
12966 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
12970 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12972 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
12973 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
12977 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12979 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12980 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
12981 "control files it generates here."
12985 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12988 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-"
12990 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
12993 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12995 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
13000 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13002 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
13003 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13006 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13008 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
13009 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
13010 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
13011 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
13016 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13018 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
13019 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is "
13024 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13025 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
13029 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13031 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
13032 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
13035 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13036 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
13040 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13042 msgid "debian/symbols"
13043 msgstr "deb-control"
13046 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13048 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
13049 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
13050 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
13051 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
13052 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
13053 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
13054 "gensymbols> helps with that."
13058 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13060 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
13061 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
13062 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
13063 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
13067 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13068 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.8."
13072 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13073 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
13077 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13079 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in L<deb-"
13080 "symbols(5)>, which is used by the symbols files included in binary packages. "
13081 "These are generated from template symbols files with a format based on the "
13082 "former, described in L<deb-src-symbols(5)> and included in source packages."
13086 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13088 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
13089 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them "
13090 "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version "
13095 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13097 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
13098 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
13099 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
13100 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
13105 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13107 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
13108 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
13109 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
13110 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
13111 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
13112 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
13113 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
13117 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13119 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
13120 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
13121 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
13125 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13126 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
13130 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13132 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
13133 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
13134 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
13135 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
13136 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce "
13137 "hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
13141 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13142 msgid "Good library management"
13146 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13147 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
13151 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13153 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
13154 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
13158 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13160 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
13161 "changes and API extension;"
13165 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13167 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
13172 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13174 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
13175 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
13176 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
13177 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
13178 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
13179 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
13180 "specific work-around."
13184 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13185 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
13189 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13191 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
13192 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
13196 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13198 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
13199 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
13203 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13205 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
13206 msgstr "I<control>"
13209 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13211 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
13212 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
13213 "L<File::Glob> manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
13214 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
13218 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13220 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
13221 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13224 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13226 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
13227 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
13231 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13233 "B<Note>: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
13234 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
13235 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
13236 "compiling for example."
13240 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13242 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
13243 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13246 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13248 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
13249 "integrated in the package itself."
13253 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13255 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
13256 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
13257 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
13258 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
13259 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
13260 "version of your library."
13264 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13270 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13272 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
13273 "with L<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
13274 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
13275 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
13276 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard L<deb-"
13277 "symbols(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
13278 "are always written to the symbol file template."
13282 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13284 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
13285 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13288 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13290 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
13291 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing "
13292 "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
13296 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13301 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13302 msgid "Never fails."
13306 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13311 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13312 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
13316 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13321 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13322 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
13326 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13331 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13332 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
13336 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13341 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13342 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
13346 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13348 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
13349 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
13353 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13355 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
13356 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
13357 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
13358 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
13362 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13364 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
13365 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
13368 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13370 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
13371 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
13372 "binaries are already available."
13376 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13382 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13384 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
13385 "gensymbols> does."
13389 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13396 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13398 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
13399 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
13400 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
13404 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13405 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
13409 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13411 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
13412 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
13413 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
13417 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13419 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
13420 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
13421 "dsohowto.pdf>, L<deb-src-symbol(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
13425 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13427 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
13432 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13434 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
13439 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13440 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
13444 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13446 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
13447 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13450 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13451 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13455 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13457 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
13462 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13464 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13468 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13470 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13474 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13476 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
13477 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
13478 "decisions or due to current limitations."
13482 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13484 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
13485 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
13486 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
13487 "automatically adapt its behavior based on the environment variable "
13488 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
13489 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
13493 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13495 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
13499 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13501 msgid "I<prior-version>"
13502 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
13505 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13507 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
13508 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
13509 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
13510 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
13511 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
13512 "and have the operation tried only once)."
13516 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13518 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
13519 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
13520 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
13521 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
13522 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
13526 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13528 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
13529 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to "
13530 "be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
13531 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
13532 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
13533 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
13534 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
13538 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13541 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13544 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13546 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
13547 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
13548 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
13549 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
13550 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
13551 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
13552 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
13553 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
13557 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13560 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13563 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13565 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
13566 "program after B<-->."
13570 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13571 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
13575 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13577 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
13578 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
13579 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
13580 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
13581 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
13582 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
13583 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
13584 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
13588 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13590 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
13591 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
13592 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
13597 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13598 msgid "Removing a conffile"
13602 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13604 "B<Note>: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag "
13605 "in F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
13609 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13611 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
13612 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
13613 "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
13614 "should not disappear."
13618 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13620 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
13621 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13625 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13629 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
13630 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13635 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13636 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
13640 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13642 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
13643 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
13644 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
13645 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
13646 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
13647 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
13648 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
13649 "bak> file kept up to now."
13653 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13654 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
13658 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13660 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
13661 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change "
13662 "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user "
13663 "being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are "
13664 "not responsible of them."
13668 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13670 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13671 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13675 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13679 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
13680 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13685 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13687 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
13692 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13694 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
13695 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
13696 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
13697 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
13698 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
13699 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
13704 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13705 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
13709 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13711 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
13712 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be "
13717 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13719 "B<Note>: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to "
13720 "be shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them "
13725 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13726 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
13730 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13732 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
13733 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
13734 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13735 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
13740 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13744 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
13745 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13750 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13752 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
13753 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
13754 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
13755 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
13759 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13761 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
13762 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
13763 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
13764 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13765 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames I<pathname>B<."
13766 "dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13770 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13771 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
13775 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13777 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
13778 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
13779 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
13780 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
13781 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
13785 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13787 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
13788 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
13792 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13796 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
13797 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
13802 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13804 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
13805 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
13806 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the "
13807 "directory containing I<pathname>."
13811 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13813 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
13814 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
13815 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
13816 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
13817 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
13818 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
13819 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
13820 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
13821 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
13822 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
13823 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
13824 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
13828 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13830 #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
13831 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
13832 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
13835 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13837 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
13838 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
13839 "example L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13843 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13845 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
13846 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
13847 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on "
13848 "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for "
13849 "B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
13853 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13855 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
13857 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
13859 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
13862 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13864 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
13865 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
13866 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
13871 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13875 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
13876 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
13882 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13884 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
13885 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
13886 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
13887 "case the environment is not sufficient."
13891 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13892 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
13896 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13897 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
13901 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13903 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
13904 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
13908 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13910 #| msgid "B<installed>"
13911 msgid "L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
13912 msgstr "B<installed>"
13915 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13916 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
13920 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13923 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
13924 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13927 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13929 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
13930 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
13931 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
13935 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13937 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
13938 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
13939 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
13940 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
13941 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
13942 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
13943 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
13944 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
13945 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
13949 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13951 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
13952 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
13955 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13957 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
13958 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
13962 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13964 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
13965 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
13966 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
13967 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
13972 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13974 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
13975 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
13978 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13980 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
13981 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
13985 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13987 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
13988 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
13989 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
13990 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
13994 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
13997 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
14001 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14003 "Anything that is not parsed by L<Dpkg::Changelog> is lost during the merge. "
14004 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
14009 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14010 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
14014 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14016 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
14017 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
14018 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
14022 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14025 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
14026 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
14027 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
14032 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14034 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
14035 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
14040 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14042 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
14047 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
14053 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
14054 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14059 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
14060 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
14061 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
14062 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
14063 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
14064 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
14065 "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>."
14071 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
14072 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14076 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
14082 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
14083 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14087 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
14093 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
14094 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14099 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
14100 "destination filename."
14106 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
14107 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14112 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
14113 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
14114 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
14115 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
14116 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
14117 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
14118 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
14119 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
14120 "the B<no-section> area."
14125 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care, it is messy."
14131 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
14132 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14137 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
14138 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
14143 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care."
14149 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
14150 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14155 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
14156 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
14157 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
14158 "on how packages are installed by L<dselect(1)>/L<dpkg(1)>, but other "
14159 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
14164 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
14170 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
14171 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
14172 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
14177 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
14183 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
14184 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
14185 "no architecture information."
14190 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
14196 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
14197 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
14202 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
14207 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
14214 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<find(1)>, "
14216 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
14219 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14220 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
14224 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14226 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
14227 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14230 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14232 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
14233 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
14234 "machine-readable form."
14238 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14240 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
14241 msgstr "I<control>"
14244 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14246 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
14247 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
14251 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14253 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
14254 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14257 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14259 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
14260 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
14261 "the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
14265 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14267 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
14268 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14271 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14273 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
14274 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
14275 "looking for the parser perl modules."
14279 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14281 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
14282 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
14285 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14287 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
14288 "is not printed, only its value."
14292 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14293 msgid "Parser Options"
14297 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14299 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
14300 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
14304 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14306 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
14307 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
14310 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14312 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
14313 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
14314 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control format "
14315 "(see L<deb-control(5)>). If more than one entry is requested, then most "
14316 "fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
14317 "except otherwise stated:"
14321 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14323 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
14324 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14327 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14329 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
14330 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
14333 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14335 "The source version number. B<Note>: For binary-only releases there might be "
14336 "no corresponding source release."
14340 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14342 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
14343 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
14346 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14348 "A space-separated list of one or more distribution names where this version "
14349 "should be installed when it is uploaded."
14353 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14355 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
14356 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14359 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14361 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
14362 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
14366 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14368 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
14369 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
14372 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14374 "The name and email address of the person who prepared these changes, they "
14375 "are B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or the usual package maintainer."
14379 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14381 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
14382 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14385 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14387 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
14388 "L<strptime(3)> format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
14389 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
14390 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
14391 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
14392 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
14396 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14398 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
14399 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14402 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14404 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
14409 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14411 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
14412 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14415 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14416 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
14420 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14422 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
14423 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14426 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14428 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
14429 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
14430 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact "
14431 "content depends on the changelog format."
14435 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14437 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
14438 "fields are mandatory."
14442 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14443 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
14447 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14449 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
14450 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
14454 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14456 msgid "B<--reverse>"
14457 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
14460 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14462 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14463 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
14466 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14468 "B<Note>: For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
14473 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
14476 msgstr "B<install>"
14479 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14481 "Include all changes. B<Note>: Other options have no effect when this is in "
14486 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14488 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
14489 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14492 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14494 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
14495 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14498 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14499 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
14503 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14505 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
14506 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14509 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14510 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
14514 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14516 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
14517 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14520 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14521 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
14525 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14527 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
14528 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14531 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14532 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
14536 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14538 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
14539 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14542 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14544 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
14545 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14548 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14550 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
14555 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14557 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
14558 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
14561 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14563 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
14564 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
14568 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14570 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
14571 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
14574 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14576 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
14577 "parser for that alternative format."
14581 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14583 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
14584 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
14585 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
14586 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
14590 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14591 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
14595 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14597 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
14602 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14604 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
14605 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
14606 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
14607 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
14608 "is provided by default."
14612 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14614 "The parser should be derived from the L<Dpkg::Changelog> class and implement "
14615 "the required documented interface."
14619 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14621 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
14622 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
14623 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
14627 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14629 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
14630 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
14631 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
14635 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14637 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
14638 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
14643 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14644 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
14648 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14650 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
14654 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14656 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
14661 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14663 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
14664 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
14665 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
14670 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14672 "The B<Maintainer> field has a confusing name matching the field in the "
14673 "F<debian/control> file but not its exact semantics, where its meaning would "
14674 "be better represented by the B<Changed-By> field name used in the F<."
14679 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14681 msgid "L<deb-changelog(5)>."
14682 msgstr "I<control>"
14686 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
14692 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
14693 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14698 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
14699 "B<dpkg> database."
14705 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14706 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
14711 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
14712 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
14713 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
14714 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
14715 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
14716 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
14717 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
14718 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
14719 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
14727 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
14729 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
14734 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
14735 "status, and errors, in that order."
14740 msgid "Desired action:"
14745 msgid "u = Unknown"
14751 msgid "i = Install"
14752 msgstr "B<install>"
14771 msgid "Package status:"
14777 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
14778 msgid "n = Not-installed"
14779 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
14784 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
14785 msgid "c = Config-files"
14786 msgstr "B<config-files>"
14791 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
14792 msgid "H = Half-installed"
14793 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
14798 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
14799 msgid "U = Unpacked"
14800 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
14805 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
14806 msgid "F = Half-configured"
14807 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
14811 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
14816 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
14822 #| msgid "B<installed>"
14823 msgid "i = Installed"
14824 msgstr "B<installed>"
14828 msgid "Error flags:"
14833 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
14838 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
14844 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
14845 "severe problems. Please refer to L<dpkg(1)> for information about the above "
14846 "states and flags."
14852 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
14853 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
14854 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
14855 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
14861 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
14862 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
14867 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
14868 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
14869 "showformat> option."
14875 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
14876 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
14877 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
14878 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
14879 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
14885 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
14886 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
14891 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
14892 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
14893 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
14894 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
14895 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
14896 "specified on the argument list."
14900 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
14902 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
14903 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
14908 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
14909 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
14910 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
14916 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
14917 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
14925 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14926 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14927 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
14934 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
14935 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results. On some systems this might also "
14936 "require adapting the B<LANGUAGE> environment variable appropriately if it is "
14937 "already set (see L<locale(7)>)."
14943 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
14944 "will it list alternatives."
14950 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
14951 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
14956 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
14957 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
14963 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
14964 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
14969 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
14970 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
14976 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
14977 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
14982 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
14983 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
14984 "path for that control file if it is present."
14990 "B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
14991 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
14992 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
14993 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where this "
14994 "command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm maintainer "
14995 "script), and while there is no good solution for that, this command will not "
15000 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15002 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
15003 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15008 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
15009 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
15010 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
15011 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
15017 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
15018 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
15019 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
15020 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
15021 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
15022 "literal path lookup will be performed."
15028 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
15029 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
15030 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
15031 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
15038 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
15039 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
15045 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
15053 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15054 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15060 msgid "or for local diversions:"
15068 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15069 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15076 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15077 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
15083 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
15084 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
15089 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
15090 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
15091 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
15092 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
15093 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15099 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
15100 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
15106 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
15111 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15113 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
15114 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
15117 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15119 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
15120 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15126 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
15127 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
15132 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
15133 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
15138 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15140 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
15141 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
15144 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15147 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15148 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15153 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
15154 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
15159 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
15160 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
15161 "be output for each package listed."
15166 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
15171 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
15176 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
15187 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
15188 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
15194 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
15195 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
15196 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
15197 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
15198 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
15199 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
15205 msgid "B<Architecture>"
15206 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15212 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15216 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
15221 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
15226 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
15242 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
15243 msgid "B<Description>"
15244 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
15248 msgid "B<Enhances>"
15254 msgid "B<Protected>"
15255 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15260 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15261 msgid "B<Essential>"
15262 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15266 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15272 msgid "B<Homepage>"
15273 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15277 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
15282 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15288 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
15289 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
15295 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15301 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15306 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15307 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
15308 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15313 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
15314 msgid "B<Priority>"
15315 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
15320 msgid "B<Provides>"
15321 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15326 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15327 msgid "B<Recommends>"
15328 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15332 msgid "B<Replaces>"
15337 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
15344 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15348 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
15355 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15360 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
15361 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15365 msgid "B<Suggests>"
15370 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
15375 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
15380 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
15387 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15392 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
15393 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
15399 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
15405 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
15406 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
15407 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
15408 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
15409 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15415 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
15416 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15421 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
15422 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15426 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
15431 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
15436 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
15442 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
15443 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
15444 "for more details."
15449 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
15455 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15462 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
15463 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15468 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15474 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
15480 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
15487 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
15488 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15494 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
15495 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15496 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15500 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
15506 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
15507 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15513 msgid "B<source:Package>"
15514 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15519 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
15526 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
15534 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
15535 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
15536 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15541 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
15542 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
15543 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
15544 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
15545 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
15552 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
15559 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
15563 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15564 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
15571 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
15572 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
15573 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
15577 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15584 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
15589 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15596 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15599 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
15605 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
15606 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will "
15607 "be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment "
15608 "variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15612 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15614 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
15615 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15619 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15621 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
15622 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
15626 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15633 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
15634 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
15635 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
15636 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
15637 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
15641 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15643 "Query operations should never require root, and delegating their execution "
15644 "to unprivileged users via some gain-root command can have security "
15645 "implications (such as privilege escalation), for example when a pager is "
15646 "automatically invoked by the tool."
15650 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15651 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
15655 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15657 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
15658 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
15659 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
15662 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15664 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
15665 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
15666 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
15667 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
15668 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
15673 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15675 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
15676 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
15677 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
15678 "to a different root than F</>."
15682 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15684 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.1."
15685 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15688 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15690 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
15691 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
15694 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15696 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
15701 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15703 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
15704 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
15709 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
15711 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
15712 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
15716 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15718 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
15719 "B<always> and B<never>."
15723 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
15724 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
15728 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15729 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
15733 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15735 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15736 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
15740 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15742 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
15743 "creates a Packages file, used by L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, etc, to tell the "
15744 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
15745 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and media discs. You might "
15746 "use B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
15747 "install on a cluster of machines."
15751 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15753 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Packages file with L<apt(8)> "
15754 "you will probably need to compress the file with L<xz(1)> (generating a "
15755 "Packages.xz file), L<bzip2(1)> (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
15756 "L<gzip(1)> (generating a Packages.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed "
15757 "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
15761 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15763 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
15764 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
15765 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
15766 "Packages file will start with this string."
15770 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15772 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
15773 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
15774 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see L<deb-override(5)>."
15778 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15780 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
15784 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15786 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
15787 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
15788 "architecture only the first one found is used."
15792 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15794 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
15795 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
15798 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15799 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
15803 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
15805 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
15806 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
15809 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15811 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
15812 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more information on "
15817 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15819 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
15820 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
15823 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15825 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
15826 "scanning for all debs."
15830 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15832 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
15833 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
15836 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15838 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
15839 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
15840 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
15844 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15846 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
15847 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
15850 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15851 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
15855 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15857 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
15858 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
15861 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15863 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
15864 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
15865 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
15869 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
15870 #: update-alternatives.pod
15871 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
15875 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15877 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
15878 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
15879 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
15880 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
15884 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
15887 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, "
15888 "L<dpkg-scansources(1)>."
15889 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
15892 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15893 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
15897 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15899 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
15900 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
15904 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15906 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
15907 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
15911 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15913 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
15914 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
15915 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-"
15916 "override(5)> for the format of this file."
15920 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15922 "B<Note>: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
15923 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest "
15924 "priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the "
15925 "priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary "
15926 "package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This "
15931 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15933 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
15934 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
15935 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
15939 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15941 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Sources file with L<apt(8)> you "
15942 "will probably need to compress the file with L<gzip(1)> (generating a "
15943 "Sources.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
15944 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
15948 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15950 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
15951 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
15954 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15956 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
15961 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15963 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
15964 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more "
15965 "information on its format."
15969 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15971 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
15972 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
15975 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15977 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
15978 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
15979 "with I<.src> appended."
15983 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
15985 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
15986 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
15987 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
15988 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
15989 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
15993 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
15996 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
15999 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16000 msgid "Turn debugging on."
16004 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16006 msgid "L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
16007 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16010 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16011 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
16015 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16017 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
16018 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16021 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16023 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
16024 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
16025 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
16026 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
16027 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
16031 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16033 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
16034 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each "
16035 "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries "
16036 "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the "
16037 "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if "
16038 "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
16039 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
16040 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
16041 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
16042 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
16043 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
16048 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16049 msgid "Symbols files"
16053 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16055 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
16056 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
16057 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
16058 "following places (first match is used):"
16062 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16063 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
16067 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16069 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16070 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>. "
16071 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
16072 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
16073 "other binary packages."
16077 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16078 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
16082 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16083 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
16087 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16089 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
16090 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
16091 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
16095 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16096 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
16100 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16102 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
16103 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
16107 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16109 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
16110 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
16111 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
16112 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
16116 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16118 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
16119 "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the "
16120 "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the B<Build-"
16121 "Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version "
16122 "computed by scanning symbols."
16126 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16127 msgid "Shlibs files"
16131 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16133 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
16134 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
16135 "and easy to handle."
16139 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16141 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
16142 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
16146 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16147 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
16151 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16152 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
16156 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16157 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
16161 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16162 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
16166 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16167 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
16171 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16173 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16174 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
16175 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
16176 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
16180 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16181 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
16185 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16186 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
16190 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16191 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
16195 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16197 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
16198 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
16199 "than another dependency)."
16203 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16205 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
16206 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
16210 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16212 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
16213 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
16216 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16218 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
16219 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
16223 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16225 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
16226 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
16230 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16232 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
16233 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16236 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16238 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
16239 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
16240 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
16244 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16246 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
16247 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
16248 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
16252 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16254 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
16255 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
16256 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
16257 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
16258 "representing the most important dependencies."
16262 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16264 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
16265 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16268 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16270 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
16271 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
16272 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
16277 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16279 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
16280 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
16281 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
16285 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16287 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
16288 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
16291 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16293 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
16294 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
16295 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
16296 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
16297 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
16301 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16303 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
16304 msgstr "I<control>"
16307 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16309 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
16310 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
16314 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16316 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
16321 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16327 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16329 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
16330 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
16334 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16336 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
16337 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
16340 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16342 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
16343 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
16344 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
16345 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
16350 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16352 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
16353 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16356 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16358 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
16359 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
16360 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
16361 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
16362 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
16363 "other binary packages."
16367 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16369 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
16370 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16373 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16375 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
16376 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
16380 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16381 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
16385 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16387 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
16388 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
16389 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
16390 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
16394 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16395 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
16399 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16401 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
16402 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
16403 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
16404 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
16405 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
16406 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
16407 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
16412 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16417 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16419 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
16420 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
16421 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
16422 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
16423 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
16427 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16429 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
16433 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16435 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16436 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
16437 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
16442 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16444 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
16445 "probably a plugin>"
16449 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16451 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16452 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
16453 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
16454 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
16455 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
16456 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
16457 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But "
16458 "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs "
16459 "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In "
16460 "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
16464 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16466 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
16467 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
16471 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16473 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
16474 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid "
16475 "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is "
16476 "also generated by another library that is really used)."
16480 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16482 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
16483 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
16487 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16488 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
16492 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16494 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
16495 "library's symbols)>"
16499 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16501 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
16502 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
16503 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the "
16504 "same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of "
16505 "doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
16509 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16514 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16516 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
16517 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
16518 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned "
16519 "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a "
16520 "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
16524 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16526 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
16527 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
16531 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16533 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
16534 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
16535 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
16536 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
16537 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
16538 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
16539 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
16540 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
16541 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
16542 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
16543 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
16544 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
16545 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
16549 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16551 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
16552 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
16553 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
16554 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
16555 "if it also is in a private directory."
16559 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16561 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
16566 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16568 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
16569 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
16570 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
16571 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
16572 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
16573 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
16578 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16580 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
16581 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
16582 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
16583 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
16584 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under "
16585 "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
16586 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
16587 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
16588 "on a canonical name (using L<realpath(3)>) but it might not always work. "
16589 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
16593 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16595 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
16596 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
16597 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
16601 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16604 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-"
16606 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16610 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
16616 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
16617 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16621 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
16627 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
16628 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
16635 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
16636 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
16641 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
16642 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
16643 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
16644 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
16645 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
16646 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
16652 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
16653 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
16660 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
16661 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
16662 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
16663 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
16664 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
16665 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
16671 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
16672 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
16673 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
16679 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
16685 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
16686 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
16687 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
16688 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
16689 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
16695 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
16696 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
16697 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
16698 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
16699 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
16700 "source/format>. See section L</SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
16701 "description of the various source package formats."
16707 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
16708 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16713 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
16714 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
16715 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
16721 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
16722 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16727 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16728 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16729 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
16730 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
16731 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
16732 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
16733 "patches are applied."
16739 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
16740 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16745 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
16746 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
16747 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
16748 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, and "
16749 "those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
16755 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
16756 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
16761 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
16762 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
16763 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
16770 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
16771 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
16777 msgid "Generic build options"
16778 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16783 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default "
16784 "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
16785 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16791 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
16792 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
16793 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
16799 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
16800 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
16805 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
16806 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
16812 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
16813 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
16814 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
16819 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
16825 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
16826 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
16827 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
16828 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
16829 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
16830 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
16835 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
16841 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
16842 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
16843 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
16849 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
16855 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
16856 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
16857 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
16858 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
16859 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
16865 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
16866 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
16867 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
16868 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
16869 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
16870 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
16876 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
16877 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
16878 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
16879 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
16880 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
16881 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
16882 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
16883 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
16884 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
16889 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
16895 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
16896 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
16897 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
16898 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
16899 "files from the automatic patch generation."
16904 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
16910 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to L<tar(1)>'s B<--"
16911 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
16912 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
16913 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
16914 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
16920 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
16921 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
16922 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
16928 "B<Note>: While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
16929 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a "
16930 "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
16931 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
16932 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
16933 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
16934 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
16935 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
16941 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
16942 "the B<--help> command."
16947 msgid "Generic extract options"
16953 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
16954 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
16959 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
16966 msgid "B<--no-check>"
16967 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
16972 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
16978 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
16979 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
16984 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
16990 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
16996 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
16997 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
16998 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
16999 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
17000 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
17001 "maintainers.gpg>)."
17006 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
17012 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
17013 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
17014 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
17020 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
17021 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17026 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
17027 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
17028 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
17034 msgid "Generic general options"
17035 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17040 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
17041 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
17046 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
17052 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
17053 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
17058 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
17059 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
17060 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
17065 msgid "Format: 1.0"
17071 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
17072 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
17073 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
17074 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
17075 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17080 msgid "B<Extracting>"
17086 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
17087 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
17088 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
17089 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
17090 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
17091 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
17092 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
17093 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
17098 msgid "B<Building>"
17104 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
17105 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
17106 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
17107 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
17113 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
17114 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17119 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
17120 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
17121 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument "
17122 "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile "
17123 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source "
17124 "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
17130 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
17131 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
17132 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
17138 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
17139 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
17140 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
17141 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
17142 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
17153 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
17159 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
17160 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
17161 "new original source archive from it."
17166 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
17172 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
17173 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
17174 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
17175 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
17181 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
17182 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for "
17183 "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and "
17184 "therefore have no debianization diffs."
17190 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
17191 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
17196 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
17197 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
17198 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
17199 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
17200 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
17201 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
17202 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
17203 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
17204 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
17205 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
17206 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
17211 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
17217 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
17218 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
17219 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
17224 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
17229 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
17235 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
17236 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
17237 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
17243 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
17249 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
17250 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
17257 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
17258 "one only the last one will be used."
17264 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
17265 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17270 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
17276 msgid "Format: 2.0"
17282 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
17283 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
17284 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
17285 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
17291 "The behavior of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
17292 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
17293 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
17294 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
17300 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
17301 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
17306 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
17312 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
17313 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
17314 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
17315 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
17316 "in the B<--help> output)."
17321 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
17327 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
17328 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
17329 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
17330 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
17331 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
17332 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
17333 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
17334 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
17335 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17341 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
17342 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
17343 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
17344 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
17345 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
17346 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
17347 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
17353 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
17354 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
17355 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
17356 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
17357 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
17358 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
17359 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
17360 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
17361 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
17362 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
17363 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
17364 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
17365 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
17366 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
17367 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
17368 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
17369 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
17375 "Note that L<lintian(1)> will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
17376 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
17377 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
17378 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to L<lintian(1)>."
17384 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
17385 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
17386 "autogenerated files are patched)."
17392 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behavior, patches are expected to apply "
17393 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches "
17394 "with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them."
17400 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behavior, the patches can remove files too."
17407 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
17408 "during the extraction."
17414 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
17415 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
17416 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
17417 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
17418 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
17419 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
17420 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
17421 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
17422 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
17423 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
17429 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
17430 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
17431 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
17432 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the "
17433 "debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/source/"
17434 "include-binaries>."
17440 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
17441 "to generate the debian tarball."
17447 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
17448 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
17449 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by "
17450 "B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
17456 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
17457 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
17458 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
17459 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
17460 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
17461 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
17467 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
17473 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
17474 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
17479 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
17480 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
17481 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. "
17482 "If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the "
17483 "local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor (the first one found "
17484 "from B<sensible-editor>, C<$VISUAL>, C<$EDITOR>, B<vi>) is launched so that "
17485 "you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
17491 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
17492 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
17493 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
17494 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
17495 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
17501 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
17502 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
17503 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
17504 "build> would do)."
17510 msgid "B<Build options>"
17511 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17516 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
17517 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17522 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
17523 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
17524 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
17525 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
17526 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
17527 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
17533 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
17534 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
17539 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
17545 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
17550 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
17556 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
17557 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17562 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
17563 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
17564 "and this option is thus no more needed."
17570 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
17571 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17576 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
17577 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17583 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
17584 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17589 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
17590 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
17591 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
17592 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
17593 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
17594 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
17595 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
17596 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
17601 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
17607 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
17608 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
17609 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
17610 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
17616 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
17617 msgstr "B<822-date>"
17622 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
17623 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
17624 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
17625 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
17626 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
17627 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
17634 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
17635 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
17636 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
17637 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
17638 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
17644 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
17645 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17650 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
17651 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
17656 msgid "B<Extract options>"
17662 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
17669 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
17670 msgstr "B<822-date>"
17675 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
17676 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
17680 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
17686 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
17687 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
17694 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
17695 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. "
17696 "At least one file must be given."
17702 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
17703 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17708 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
17709 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
17715 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
17720 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
17726 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
17727 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
17728 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
17734 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
17735 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
17742 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
17743 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
17744 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
17751 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
17752 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
17758 "L<git-bundle(1)> is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
17759 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
17765 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
17766 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17771 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
17772 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
17773 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It "
17774 "may also be any parameter that can be passed to L<git-rev-list(1)>. For "
17775 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
17776 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
17777 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
17783 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
17784 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
17785 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17790 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
17796 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
17802 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
17803 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
17809 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
17815 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
17816 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, "
17817 "various cleanup are done to save space."
17822 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
17828 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
17829 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
17830 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
17831 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
17838 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
17839 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
17840 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
17841 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
17842 "in B<debian/source/format>."
17847 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
17853 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
17854 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
17855 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian "
17856 "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can "
17857 "also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
17862 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
17868 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
17869 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
17870 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
17871 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
17872 "will get this error message."
17877 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17883 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
17884 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
17889 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17895 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
17896 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
17902 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
17908 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
17909 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
17915 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
17916 "clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> file entries."
17931 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
17937 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
17939 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
17944 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
17945 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
17946 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
17950 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
17955 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
17960 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
17965 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
17970 msgid "debian/source/format"
17976 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
17977 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
17978 "trailing spaces are allowed."
17984 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
17985 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17990 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
17991 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
17992 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
17993 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
17999 msgid "debian/source/options"
18000 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18005 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
18006 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
18007 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
18008 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
18014 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting "
18015 "with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short "
18016 "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ "
18017 "symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example "
18025 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
18026 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
18027 " compression-level = 9\n"
18028 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
18029 " single-debian-patch\n"
18030 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
18031 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
18038 "B<Note>: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
18039 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
18045 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
18046 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18051 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
18052 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied "
18053 "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
18060 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
18061 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18066 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
18067 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18072 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
18073 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the "
18074 "generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
18079 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
18084 msgid "debian/patches/series"
18090 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
18091 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
18092 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
18093 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
18094 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
18095 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
18096 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
18097 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
18098 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
18099 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
18100 "comment up to the end of line)."
18106 "Examining untrusted source packages or extracting them into staging "
18107 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
18108 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
18109 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted source packages should not be done "
18110 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression command supported, "
18111 "commands to handle specific data formats (such as L<tar(1)> or L<patch(1)>) "
18112 "in addition to the source package formats and control files themselves. "
18113 "Performing these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly "
18119 msgid "Building source packages should only be performed over trusted data."
18125 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
18126 "output field settings is rather confused."
18133 "L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<dsc(5)>."
18134 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
18138 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
18144 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18145 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18150 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
18151 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
18152 "small media such as floppy disks."
18158 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
18165 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
18166 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
18167 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
18168 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
18174 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
18175 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
18180 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
18185 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
18191 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
18192 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
18199 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
18200 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
18206 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
18207 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18212 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
18213 "as it was before it was split."
18219 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
18220 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
18221 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
18227 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
18228 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
18229 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
18234 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
18240 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
18247 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
18248 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18253 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
18254 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
18255 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
18261 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
18262 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18266 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
18272 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
18273 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
18279 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
18280 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
18281 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
18287 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
18294 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
18295 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
18302 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
18303 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
18310 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
18311 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
18315 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
18321 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
18322 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
18323 "stored in the queue."
18329 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
18330 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18335 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
18336 "of their packages."
18342 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
18343 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
18348 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
18354 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
18355 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
18361 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
18362 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18363 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18369 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
18370 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
18371 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
18377 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
18378 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18383 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
18384 "The default is 450 KiB."
18389 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
18394 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
18400 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
18401 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
18407 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
18408 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
18413 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
18414 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
18415 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
18416 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
18427 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
18433 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
18434 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
18435 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
18441 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
18442 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
18448 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
18449 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
18455 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
18456 "binary package part."
18462 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
18463 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
18464 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
18470 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
18471 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18477 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
18478 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18484 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
18485 "L<deb-split(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container."
18491 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
18492 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18497 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
18503 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
18504 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
18505 "filename format should not be relied upon."
18511 "Examining or joining untrusted split package archives should be considered a "
18512 "security boundary, and any breakage of that boundary stemming from these "
18513 "operations should be considered a security vulnerability. Performing these "
18514 "operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
18520 "Auto-accumulating and discarding split package parts are considered "
18521 "privileged operations that might allow root escalation. These operations "
18522 "must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on untrusted "
18523 "packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
18528 msgid "Splitting package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
18534 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
18535 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
18541 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
18548 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
18549 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
18552 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18553 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
18557 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18559 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18560 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18563 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18565 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell L<dpkg(1)> to use a different owner or "
18566 "mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any filesystem "
18567 "object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This can "
18568 "be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without a "
18569 "setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
18573 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18575 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
18576 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
18580 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18581 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
18585 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18587 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
18588 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
18589 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
18590 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a "
18591 "‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified "
18596 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18598 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
18599 "new owner and mode."
18603 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18605 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
18606 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
18609 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18611 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
18616 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18618 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
18619 "overrides which match the glob."
18623 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18625 msgid "B<--force-help>"
18626 msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
18629 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18631 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
18632 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18633 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
18636 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18638 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
18639 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18640 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18644 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18646 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
18647 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18650 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18652 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
18653 msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
18656 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18659 #| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do "
18660 #| "some things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified "
18661 #| "below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked "
18662 #| "with (*) are forced by default."
18664 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
18665 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
18666 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
18667 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
18669 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
18670 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
18671 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
18672 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
18673 "выполняются по умолчанию."
18676 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18679 #| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18680 #| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18683 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
18684 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
18687 "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
18688 "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить "
18689 "работоспособность всей системы.>"
18692 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18695 msgstr "B<install>"
18698 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18700 msgid "Turns on (or off) all force options."
18701 msgstr "B<all>: Включить (или выключить) все принудительные параметры."
18704 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18706 msgid "B<statoverride-add>:"
18707 msgstr "deb-control"
18710 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18711 msgid "Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18715 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18717 msgid "B<statoverride-remove>:"
18718 msgstr "deb-control"
18721 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18722 msgid "Ignore a missing stat override when removing it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18726 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18727 msgid "B<security-mac>(*):"
18731 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18733 "Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) based security when "
18734 "installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg 1.19.5). On Linux systems "
18735 "the implementation uses SELinux."
18739 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18741 msgid "B<not-root>:"
18742 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
18745 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18747 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
18748 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg 1.21.8)."
18750 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
18751 "суперпользователя."
18754 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
18757 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18760 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18762 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
18763 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
18764 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
18768 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18770 msgid "B<--update>"
18771 msgstr "B<822-date>"
18774 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18776 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
18780 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18781 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
18785 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18787 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
18791 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
18793 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
18794 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
18795 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
18798 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18800 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
18801 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
18805 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18807 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
18808 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18811 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18813 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
18814 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
18815 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
18819 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
18821 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
18822 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
18826 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18827 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
18831 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18833 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
18834 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18837 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18839 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18840 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18844 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18846 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
18847 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
18851 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18853 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
18854 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
18855 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and "
18856 "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run "
18857 "by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
18861 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18862 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
18866 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18867 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.17."
18871 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18873 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
18874 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18877 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18879 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
18880 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
18881 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just "
18882 "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
18886 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18888 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
18889 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18893 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18895 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
18896 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
18899 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18901 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
18902 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
18903 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
18908 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18910 msgid "B<--no-await>"
18911 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
18914 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18916 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
18917 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
18918 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
18919 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
18920 "have processed the trigger."
18924 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18927 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
18930 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18932 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
18933 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
18934 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
18938 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18940 msgid "B<--no-act>"
18941 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18944 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18945 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
18949 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
18951 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
18952 "command returned true."
18956 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
18957 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
18961 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
18963 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
18964 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
18968 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
18974 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18975 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18980 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
18981 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
18982 "information about the current vendor."
18987 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.1."
18993 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
18994 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
18999 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
19006 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
19007 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19012 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
19013 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
19014 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
19020 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
19021 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
19026 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
19033 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
19034 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19039 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
19040 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
19046 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
19047 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
19053 msgid "L<deb-origin(5)>."
19054 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
19058 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
19064 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
19065 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
19066 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
19067 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
19068 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
19072 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19074 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19075 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
19076 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19079 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19080 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19081 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19086 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
19087 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19091 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
19092 msgstr "dpkg -- менеджер пакетов Debian"
19097 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
19098 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
19099 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19104 msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
19109 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
19110 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
19113 "Это руководство предназначено для пользователей, желающих более подробно "
19114 "ознакомиться с параметрами командной строки B<dpkg> и состояниями пакетов: "
19115 "здесь это описано более детально, чем в B<dpkg --help>."
19120 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
19121 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
19122 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
19124 "Это руководство I<не> следует использовать сопровождающим пакетов, которые "
19125 "хотят понять, как B<dpkg> будет устанавливать их пакеты. Описание того, что "
19126 "делает B<dpkg> при установке и удалении пакетов особенно не полно."
19132 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
19133 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
19134 "(command-line interface) is L<apt(8)> and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
19135 "is L<aptitude(8)>. B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
19136 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
19137 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
19138 "behavior of the action in some way."
19140 "B<dpkg> -- это инструмент для установки, создания, удаления и управления "
19141 "пакетами Debian. Основная и более простая оболочка для B<dpkg> -- это "
19142 "B<dselect>(8). B<dpkg> полностью управляется параметрами командной строки, "
19143 "которые состоят из одного действия и нуля или более параметров. Действие "
19144 "говорит B<dpkg> что ему нужно сделать, а параметры управляют выполнением "
19150 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-"
19151 "query(1)>. The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
19152 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
19153 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
19154 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
19155 "back-ends need to be called directly."
19160 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
19161 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
19166 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
19167 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
19168 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
19170 "B<dpkg> управляет некоторой полезной информацией о доступных пакетах. Эта "
19171 "информация делится на три класса: B<состояния>, B<выбранные состояния> и "
19172 "B<флаги>. Предполагается, что в большинстве случаев эта информация "
19173 "изменяется с помощью B<dselect>."
19177 msgid "Package states"
19182 msgid "B<not-installed>"
19183 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
19187 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
19188 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
19192 msgid "B<config-files>"
19193 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19198 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
19200 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
19201 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
19202 msgstr "В системе остались только конфигурационные файлы пакета."
19206 msgid "B<half-installed>"
19207 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
19212 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
19214 msgstr "Установка пакета была запущена, но не закончена по какой-либо причине."
19218 msgid "B<unpacked>"
19219 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
19223 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
19224 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
19228 msgid "B<half-configured>"
19229 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
19234 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
19235 "completed for some reason."
19237 "Пакет распакован и настройка была запущена, но пока ещё не завершена по "
19238 "какой-либо причине."
19242 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19247 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
19252 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
19258 msgid "The package has been triggered."
19259 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19263 msgid "B<installed>"
19264 msgstr "B<installed>"
19269 #| msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
19270 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
19271 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19275 msgid "Package selection states"
19281 msgstr "B<install>"
19285 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
19286 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
19296 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
19297 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
19298 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
19299 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
19304 msgid "B<deinstall>"
19305 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
19310 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
19311 "files, except configuration files)."
19313 "Пакет выбран для удаления (т.е. будут удалены все файлы, кроме "
19314 "конфигурационных)."
19325 #| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
19326 #| "even configuration files)."
19328 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
19329 "system directories, even configuration files)."
19331 "Пакет выбран для полной очистки (т.е. будут удалены абсолютно все файлы, "
19332 "включая конфигурационные)."
19342 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
19343 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
19349 msgid "Package flags"
19360 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
19367 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
19368 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
19369 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
19375 #| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires "
19376 #| "reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with "
19377 #| "option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>."
19379 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
19380 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
19383 "Пакет, помеченный как B<reinst-required>, является сломанным и требует "
19384 "переустановки. Такие пакеты не могут быть удалены, пока не указан параметр "
19385 "B<--force-reinstreq>."
19395 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19396 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19402 #| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19403 #| "I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19405 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19406 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19408 "Установить заданный пакет. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
19409 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19413 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
19414 msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:"
19419 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19420 msgid "Extract the control files of the new package."
19421 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
19427 #| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19428 #| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19430 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19431 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19433 "B<2.> Если другая версия этого пакета была установлена ранее, то запускается "
19434 "сценарий I<prerm> из старого пакета."
19439 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19440 msgid "Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19441 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
19447 #| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, "
19448 #| "so that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19450 "Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if "
19451 "something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19453 "B<4.> Распаковываются новые файлы, в тоже самое время сохраняя старые, чтобы "
19454 "если что-то пойдет не так, можно было их восстановить."
19460 #| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19461 #| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19462 #| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19463 #| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19465 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19466 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19467 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19468 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19470 "B<5.> Если ранее была установлена другая версия этого пакета, то запускается "
19471 "сценарий I<postrm> для старого пакета. Заметим, что этот сценарий "
19472 "запускается после сценария I<preinst> нового пакета, потому что новые файлы "
19473 "записываются в то же самое время, когда удаляются старые."
19479 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
19480 #| "about how this is done."
19482 "Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about how "
19485 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
19486 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
19491 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19492 msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19498 #| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19499 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19501 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19502 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19504 "Распаковать пакет, но не настраивать. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> "
19505 "или B<--R>, то вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19510 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
19517 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19518 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19524 #| "Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given "
19525 #| "instead of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are "
19528 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
19529 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
19530 "unconfigured packages are configured."
19532 "Повторно настроить распакованный пакет. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан "
19533 "параметр B<-a> или B<--pending>, то все распакованные, но не настроенные "
19534 "пакеты будут настроены."
19539 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the L<dpkg-"
19540 "reconfigure(8)> command instead (which is part of the B<debconf> project)."
19545 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
19546 msgstr "Настройка состоит из следующих шагов:"
19552 "Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, so "
19553 "that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
19555 "B<1.> Распаковка конфигурационных файлов, в то же самое время сохраняя "
19556 "старые конфигурационные файлы, чтобы можно было восстановить их, если что-то "
19562 #| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19563 msgid "Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
19564 msgstr "B<2.> Запуск сценария I<postinst>, если он есть в пакете."
19568 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
19574 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19575 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19580 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
19581 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
19582 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
19583 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
19584 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
19590 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19592 "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | "
19598 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
19599 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
19600 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
19601 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
19602 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
19603 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
19604 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
19605 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
19610 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19611 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
19616 #| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
19617 msgid "Run I<prerm> script."
19618 msgstr "B<1.> Запуск сценария I<prerm>"
19623 #| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
19624 msgid "Remove the installed files."
19625 msgstr "B<2.> Удаление установленных фалов"
19630 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
19631 msgid "Run I<postrm> script."
19632 msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
19637 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19638 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19643 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
19644 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
19645 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
19646 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
19654 "B<Note>: Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
19655 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
19656 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
19657 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
19658 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
19659 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
19661 "Удалить установленный пакет. Если указан параметр B<-r> или B<--remove> то "
19662 "удаляется всё, кроме конфигурационных файлов. Это позволяет избежать "
19663 "переконфигурации пакета, если он будет повторно установлен у будущем. "
19664 "(Конфигурационные файлы -- это те, что указаны в управляющем файле I<debian/"
19665 "confiles>). Если указан параметр B<-P> или B<--purge> то удаляется всё, "
19666 "включая конфигурационные файлы. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан параметр "
19667 "B<-a> или B<--pending,> то все распакованные пакеты, но отмеченные в файле "
19668 "I<%ADMINDIR%/status> для удаления или полной очистки, соответственно, "
19669 "удаляются или полностью очищаются."
19674 #| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
19675 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
19676 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
19682 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
19683 #| "about how this is done."
19685 "Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for detailed "
19686 "information about how this is done."
19688 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
19689 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
19694 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
19695 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19700 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
19701 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
19702 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
19703 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
19704 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
19705 "during the installation process."
19711 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
19712 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
19713 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
19714 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used. This "
19715 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
19716 "security verification."
19722 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
19723 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
19724 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
19725 "format they expect."
19731 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
19732 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19737 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
19738 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
19739 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
19740 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
19741 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
19747 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19748 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
19753 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
19754 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
19760 #| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
19761 #| "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with "
19762 #| "information from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old "
19763 #| "information is replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The "
19764 #| "I<Packages-file> distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. "
19765 #| "B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19767 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With "
19768 "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from "
19769 "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced "
19770 "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
19771 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
19772 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
19773 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in "
19774 "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19776 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах. Действие B<--"
19777 "merge-avail> комбинирует старую информацию с информацией из I<файла "
19778 "Packages>. Действие B<--update-avail> перезаписывает старую информацию "
19779 "информацией из I<файла Packages>. I<Файл Packages> распространяется с Debian "
19780 "под именем I<Packages>. B<dpkg> хранит информацию о доступных пакетах в "
19781 "файле I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
19786 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
19787 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
19788 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
19789 "of available packages."
19795 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
19796 msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
19802 #| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
19803 #| "information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19804 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19806 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
19807 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19808 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19810 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах информацией из "
19811 "пакета I<имя файла пакета>. Если задан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
19812 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19817 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
19818 msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
19823 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
19824 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
19825 "user information such as package selections."
19831 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
19832 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
19836 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
19837 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
19842 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
19843 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
19849 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
19850 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
19853 "Получить список выбранных пакетов и вывести его в стандартный выходной поток."
19856 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
19858 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
19859 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
19865 #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
19866 #| "the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
19867 #| "install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines "
19868 #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted."
19870 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
19871 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
19872 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
19873 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
19875 "Установить список выбранных пакетов, принимая его со стандартного ввода. "
19876 "Этот файл должен быть в формате 'E<lt>пакетE<gt> E<lt>состояниеE<gt>', где "
19877 "состоянием может быть install, hold, deinstall или purge. Допускаются пустые "
19878 "строки и строки комментариев (начинающиеся с #)."
19883 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
19884 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
19885 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
19891 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
19892 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
19897 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
19898 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
19899 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
19906 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
19907 msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
19912 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
19913 "still haven't been installed."
19915 "Найти пакеты, выбранные для установки, но по какой-то причине ещё не "
19921 "B<Note>: This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
19928 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
19929 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
19934 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
19935 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
19941 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
19942 "be massaged as appropriate."
19948 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
19955 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
19956 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
19961 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
19962 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
19963 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
19964 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
19970 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
19971 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
19976 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
19977 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
19978 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
19979 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture "
19980 "B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never "
19981 "be removed from that list."
19987 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
19988 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
19993 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
19995 "Показать архитектуру устанавливаемых пакетов с помощью dpkg (например, "
20001 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
20002 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20007 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
20008 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20014 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
20015 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
20020 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20021 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
20022 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20027 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
20028 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
20033 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
20034 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
20035 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
20036 "list of assertable features is:"
20041 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
20046 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
20051 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
20056 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
20062 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20063 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
20064 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20069 msgid "Supports long filenames in L<deb(5)> archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
20070 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20075 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20076 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
20077 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20081 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
20087 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
20088 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20092 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20098 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
20099 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20103 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
20109 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20110 msgid "B<protected-field>"
20111 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20116 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
20117 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20122 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
20123 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20128 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
20129 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
20130 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
20131 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
20143 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20144 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20149 msgid "B<trigname>"
20150 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20155 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20156 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20161 msgid "B<archname>"
20167 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20168 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20174 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20179 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20180 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20185 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
20186 msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
20192 #| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> "
20193 #| "returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, "
20194 #| "and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of "
20195 #| "operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. "
20196 #| "These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne "
20197 #| "ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B<lt-nl "
20198 #| "le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for compatibility with "
20199 #| "control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
20201 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
20202 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
20203 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat "
20204 "an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than "
20205 "any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later "
20206 "than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for "
20207 "compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= "
20208 "E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and "
20209 "should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
20210 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
20212 "Сравнить номера версий, используя I<op> в качестве бинарного оператора. "
20213 "B<dpkg> возвращает код успешного завершения (нуль), если указанное условие "
20214 "удовлетворяется, или неудачу (не-нуль) в противном случае. Есть две группы "
20215 "операторов, которые работают по-разному при отсутствующем параметре I<ver1> "
20216 "или I<ver2>. Операторы B<lt le eq ne ge gt> считают отсутствующий номер "
20217 "версии более ранним, чем любой другой. Операторы B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> "
20218 "считают отсутствующий номер версии более поздним, чем любой другой. "
20219 "Операторы B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> используются "
20220 "только для совместимости с синтаксисом файла control."
20230 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
20231 msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20235 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
20242 "B<Note>: Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
20243 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
20246 "Принимает серию команд из входного файлового дескриптора B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. "
20247 "Замечание: дополнительные параметры, заданные в командной строке, а также "
20248 "через этот дескриптор, не сбрасываются для последующих команд, выполняющихся "
20249 "далее в этом запуске."
20253 msgid "Display a brief help message."
20254 msgstr "Вывести небольшую подсказку."
20258 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20259 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20264 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
20265 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
20269 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
20270 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах отладки."
20274 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
20275 msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
20280 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
20281 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
20287 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
20288 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
20293 #| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20295 "See L<dpkg-deb(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20296 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20298 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20304 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
20305 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
20310 msgid "Build a deb package."
20311 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
20316 #| msgid "List of available packages."
20317 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
20318 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
20323 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
20324 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20329 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20330 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
20331 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20335 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
20341 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
20342 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20347 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20348 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
20349 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20354 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20355 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
20356 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20360 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
20366 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
20367 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20372 msgid "Show information about a package."
20373 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
20378 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
20379 msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
20385 #| "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20387 "See L<dpkg-query(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20388 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20390 "Смотрите B<dpkg-query>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20396 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
20397 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
20401 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
20407 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
20408 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
20412 msgid "Report status of specified package."
20417 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
20422 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
20428 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
20429 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
20434 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
20435 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
20442 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20443 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the "
20444 #| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command "
20445 #| "line option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a "
20448 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20449 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
20450 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
20451 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
20452 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
20453 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
20455 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
20456 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
20457 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
20458 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
20459 "начинается с B<#>)."
20463 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20464 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
20469 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
20471 "Задать количество ошибок после которого dpkg аварийно завершится. По "
20477 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20478 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20483 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
20484 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
20485 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
20488 "При удалении пакета есть вероятность, что есть другой установленный пакет "
20489 "зависящий от удаляемого пакета. Указание этого параметра приведёт к "
20490 "автоматической деконфигурации пакета, который зависит от удаляемого пакета."
20495 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
20496 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
20502 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
20503 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
20504 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
20506 "Включить отладку. I<octal> -- это восьмеричное число, сформированное побитно "
20507 "из нижеуказанных битовых масок, (заметим, что эти величины могут быть "
20508 "изменены в следующих версиях). Параметры B<-Dh> или B<--debug-help> выводят "
20509 "эти отладочные значения."
20515 " Number Description\n"
20516 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20517 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20518 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20519 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20520 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20521 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20522 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20523 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20524 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20525 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20526 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20527 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
20528 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20532 " 1 Основная полезная информация по ходу выполнения\n"
20533 " 2 Вызов и состояния скриптов поддержки\n"
20534 " 10 Вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
20535 " 100 Подробный вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
20536 " 20 Вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
20537 " 200 Подробный вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
20538 " 40 Зависимости и конфликты\n"
20539 " 400 Подробное освещение зависимостей и конфликтов\n"
20540 " 1000 Подробная ерунда, например о каталоге dpkg/info\n"
20541 " 2000 Невероятное количество ерунды\n"
20546 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
20547 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
20548 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
20549 "forced by default."
20551 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
20552 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
20553 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
20554 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
20555 "выполняются по умолчанию."
20561 #| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
20562 #| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
20565 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
20566 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
20569 "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
20570 "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить "
20571 "работоспособность всей системы.>"
20575 msgid "B<downgrade>(*):"
20582 #| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is "
20583 #| "already installed."
20584 msgid "Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed."
20586 "B<downgrade>(*): Установить пакет, даже если уже установлена его более новая "
20593 #| "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on "
20594 #| "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20595 #| "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20596 #| "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20597 #| "unusable. Use with care.>"
20599 "B<Warning>: At present B<dpkg> does not do any dependency checking on "
20600 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
20601 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
20602 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
20603 "unusable. Use with care."
20605 "I<Предупреждение: На данный момент dpkg не выполняет проверку зависимостей "
20606 "при переходе на более старую версию и поэтому не предупредит если это "
20607 "поломает зависимости с остальными пакетами. Это может иметь серьёзные "
20608 "последствия: замена на более старую версию системных компонентов первой "
20609 "необходимости может привести к полной неработоспособности системы. "
20610 "Использовать осторожно.>"
20615 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20616 msgid "B<configure-any>:"
20617 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20623 #| "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages "
20624 #| "on which the current package depends."
20626 "Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current "
20629 "B<configure-any>: Настроить также все распакованные, но ненастроенные "
20630 "пакеты, от которых зависит текущий пакет."
20642 "Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even when marked "
20643 "to be on “hold”. B<Note>: When these actions are requested explicitly, the "
20644 "“hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
20650 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
20651 msgid "B<remove-reinstreq>:"
20652 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
20658 #| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
20659 #| "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
20660 #| "to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20662 "Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. "
20663 "This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, "
20664 "which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
20666 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Удалить пакет, даже если он сломан и отмечен как "
20667 "требующий переустановки. Это может, например, привести к тому, что части "
20668 "пакета останутся в системе, а B<dpkg> про них забудет."
20673 msgid "B<remove-protected>:"
20674 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20680 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
20681 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
20682 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20684 "Remove, even if the package is considered protected (since dpkg 1.20.1). "
20685 "Protected packages contain mostly important system boot infrastructure or "
20686 "are used for custom system-local meta-packages. Removing them might cause "
20687 "the whole system to be unable to boot or lose required functionality to "
20688 "operate, so use with caution."
20690 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
20691 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
20692 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
20693 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
20698 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
20699 msgid "B<remove-essential>:"
20700 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
20706 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
20707 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
20708 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20710 "Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages "
20711 "contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the packaging system, "
20712 "for the operation of the system in general or during boot (although the "
20713 "latter should be converted to protected packages instead). Removing them "
20714 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
20716 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
20717 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
20718 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
20719 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
20724 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
20725 msgid "B<depends>:"
20726 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
20731 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
20733 "Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the B<Pre-Depends> "
20734 "and B<Depends> fields."
20735 msgstr "B<depends>: Превратить проблемы с зависимостями в предупреждения."
20740 #| msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
20741 msgid "B<depends-version>:"
20742 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20748 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
20750 "Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. This affects the "
20751 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
20753 "B<depends-version>: Не обращать внимание на версии при проверке зависимостей."
20763 "Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg 1.14.6). This "
20764 "affects the B<Breaks> field."
20770 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20771 msgid "B<conflicts>:"
20772 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20778 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
20779 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
20781 "Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for "
20782 "it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This affects the "
20783 "B<Conflicts> field."
20785 "B<conflicts>: Установить, даже если пакет конфликтует с другим пакетом. Это "
20786 "опасно, так как обычно приводит к перезаписи некоторых файлов."
20791 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20792 msgid "B<confmiss>:"
20793 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20799 "Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is dangerous, "
20800 "since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
20802 "B<confmiss>: Всегда устанавливать пропущенный конфигурационный файл. Это "
20803 "опасно, так как не будут сохранены изменения (удаление) файла."
20808 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20809 msgid "B<confnew>:"
20810 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20816 #| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new "
20817 #| "version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also "
20818 #| "specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20820 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20821 "always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-"
20822 "confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20824 "B<confnew>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, то всегда устанавливать "
20825 "новую версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--"
20826 "force-confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
20832 msgid "B<confold>:"
20839 #| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
20840 #| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in "
20841 #| "which case the default action is preferred."
20843 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20844 "always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> "
20845 "is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
20847 "B<confold>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда сохранять старую "
20848 "версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--force-"
20849 "confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
20854 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20855 msgid "B<confdef>:"
20856 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20862 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
20863 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
20864 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
20865 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
20867 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
20868 "always choose the default action without prompting. If there is no default "
20869 "action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-"
20870 "confold> is also given, in which case it will use that to decide the final "
20873 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
20874 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
20875 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
20876 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
20882 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20883 msgid "B<confask>:"
20884 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20890 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
20891 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
20892 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
20893 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
20895 "If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with the version "
20896 "in the package, even if the version in the package did not change (since "
20897 "dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-confold>, or B<--"
20898 "force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the final action."
20900 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
20901 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
20902 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
20903 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
20909 msgid "B<overwrite>:"
20910 msgstr "deb-control"
20915 #| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20916 msgid "Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
20918 "B<overwrite>: Перезаписать файл из одного пакета файлом из другого пакета."
20923 msgid "B<overwrite-dir>:"
20924 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
20930 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20931 msgid "Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
20933 "B<overwrite-dir>: Перезаписать каталог из одного пакета файлом из другого."
20938 msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>:"
20939 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
20945 #| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted "
20947 msgid "Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
20949 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Перезаписать файл с изменённым "
20950 "расположением(diverted) его неизменённой версией."
20954 msgid "B<unsafe-io>:"
20960 "Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg 1.15.8.6). "
20961 "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, "
20962 "which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file "
20963 "systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place "
20964 "due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
20971 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
20972 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
20973 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
20974 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
20975 "before atomic renames."
20981 "B<Warning>: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of "
20982 "losing data, use with care."
20987 msgid "B<script-chrootless>:"
20993 "Run maintainer scripts without L<chroot(2)>ing into B<instdir> even if the "
20994 "package does not support this mode of operation (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
20999 msgid "B<Warning>: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care."
21005 msgid "B<architecture>:"
21006 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
21011 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21012 msgid "Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
21013 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21018 msgid "B<bad-version>:"
21019 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21024 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21025 msgid "Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
21026 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21030 msgid "B<bad-path>:"
21037 #| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are "
21039 msgid "B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
21041 "B<bad-path>: В B<PATH> отсутствуют важные программы, поэтому могут "
21042 "возникнуть проблемы."
21047 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21048 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21050 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
21051 "суперпользователя."
21056 msgid "B<bad-verify>:"
21057 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21063 #| "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21064 msgid "Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21066 "B<bad-verify>: Устанавливать пакет, даже если он не прошёл проверку "
21071 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
21072 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<пакет>,..."
21078 #| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21079 #| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
21081 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21082 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
21083 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
21085 "Игнорировать проверку зависимостей для указанных пакетов (на самом деле, "
21086 "проверка выполняется, но выдаются только предупреждения о конфликтах и "
21092 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
21093 msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
21098 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
21099 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
21100 "actually modifying anything."
21102 "Делать всё, что необходимо, но не записывать на диск изменения. Он "
21103 "используется для того, чтобы посмотреть, что произошло бы при выполнении "
21104 "указанного действия, но при этом ничего не меняется."
21110 #| "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end "
21111 #| "up with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will "
21112 #| "first purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even "
21113 #| "though you probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
21115 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
21116 "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first "
21117 "purge package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though "
21118 "you probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
21120 "Убедитесь, что указали B<--no-act> перед действием, или у вас могут "
21121 "получиться нежелаемые результаты. (например, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> "
21122 "сперва выполнит полное удаление пакета foo, а затем будет пытаться полностью "
21123 "удалить пакет --no-act, хотя вы ожидали, что ничего выполнено не будет)"
21128 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
21129 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
21135 #| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21136 #| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used "
21137 #| "with B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
21139 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21140 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
21141 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
21143 "Рекурсивная обработать все файлы, отвечающие шаблону B<*.deb>, которые "
21144 "найдены в заданных каталогах и во всех их подкаталогах. Этот параметр можно "
21145 "использовать вместе с действиями B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> и "
21152 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
21153 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21155 "Не устанавливать пакет, если новая версия такого же пакета уже установлена. "
21156 "Это синоним параметра B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21161 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
21162 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
21163 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
21170 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
21171 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21177 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
21178 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to L<chroot(2)> "
21179 "before running package's installation scripts, which means that the scripts "
21180 "see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
21182 "Изменить каталоги по умолчанию. Каталог B<admindir> по умолчанию имеет "
21183 "значение B<%ADMINDIR%> и содержит много файлов, в которых даётся информация "
21184 "о состоянии установленных или удалённых пакетов и т.д. Каталог B<instdir> по "
21185 "умолчанию равен I</> и указывает каталог, куда будут устанавливаться пакеты. "
21186 "Он также передаётся функции B<chroot>(2) перед запуском сценария установки "
21187 "B<пакета> -- это означает, что сценарии будут считать B<instdir> корневым "
21188 "каталогом. Изменение каталога B<root> устанавливает каталог B<instdir> в "
21189 "значение B<dir>, а каталога B<admindir> -- в значение I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>."
21194 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21195 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
21200 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
21201 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
21202 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
21208 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
21209 msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
21214 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
21215 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For "
21216 "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
21219 "Обрабатывать только пакеты, выбранные для установки. Такой выбор делается "
21220 "программой B<dselect> или же самой программой B<dpkg> при работе с пакетами. "
21221 "Например, когда пакет удаляется, он будет помечен для удаления."
21226 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
21227 msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
21233 #| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
21236 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
21237 "package is already installed."
21239 "Не устанавливать пакет, если та же версия этого пакета уже установлена."
21244 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
21245 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
21246 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
21251 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
21256 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
21262 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” before "
21263 "or after the B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, "
21264 "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> and I<purge> actions (since dpkg 1.15.4), and "
21265 "I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> actions (since dpkg "
21266 "1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. The order the "
21267 "options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration "
21268 "files taking precedence. The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is "
21269 "set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
21275 "B<Note>: Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
21276 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
21282 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
21283 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21288 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
21289 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21294 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
21295 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
21296 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
21302 "B<Warning>: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
21303 "completely break your system, use with caution."
21309 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
21310 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
21311 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
21312 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
21313 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
21314 "complementations. See L<glob(7)> for detailed information about globbing. "
21315 "B<Note>: The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
21316 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
21317 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
21318 "work might fix this."
21324 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
21332 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
21333 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
21339 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
21345 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
21346 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
21347 "matches a file name making the decision."
21353 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
21354 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
21355 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
21356 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to L<find(1)> "
21357 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
21358 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
21359 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
21360 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
21361 "will fail to unpack."
21366 msgid "B<Hint>: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
21372 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
21373 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
21377 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21383 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
21384 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
21393 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
21394 " B<??5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
21401 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
21402 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
21403 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
21415 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
21425 msgid "Implies the check passed."
21430 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
21436 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
21437 "characters are currently supported:"
21447 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
21458 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
21459 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
21460 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
21461 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
21462 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
21463 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
21474 "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed. This "
21475 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
21476 "security verification."
21487 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
21488 "attribute character is supported:"
21498 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
21503 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
21509 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
21510 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
21511 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
21517 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
21518 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21523 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
21524 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
21525 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
21530 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
21535 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
21540 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
21546 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
21547 "be converted to spaces before output."
21553 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
21554 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
21559 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
21564 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
21570 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
21571 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
21572 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
21578 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
21579 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21584 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
21585 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” (since "
21586 "dpkg 1.16.0). This option can be specified multiple times. The output "
21587 "format used is the same as in B<--status-fd>."
21592 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
21593 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
21598 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
21599 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
21600 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
21605 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
21611 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
21612 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
21613 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
21618 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
21623 msgid "For status change updates."
21629 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
21636 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
21637 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
21642 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
21647 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
21654 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
21659 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
21660 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
21661 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
21662 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
21667 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
21672 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
21673 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
21677 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
21678 msgstr "Не пытаться проверять подпись пакета."
21683 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
21684 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
21689 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
21690 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
21691 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
21692 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave packages "
21693 "in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can "
21694 "be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
21700 msgid "B<--triggers>"
21701 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
21705 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21718 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
21719 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
21720 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
21724 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
21726 #| msgid "B<SHELL>"
21733 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
21734 "specific configuration file."
21740 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
21741 "files and directories."
21748 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
21749 "when spawning a command via a shell."
21750 msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
21755 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
21756 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
21757 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will be used "
21758 "instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable "
21759 "(since dpkg 1.19.2)."
21765 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
21766 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
21772 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
21773 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
21774 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
21780 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
21781 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
21787 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21788 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
21789 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21794 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
21795 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
21801 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
21802 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
21803 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
21804 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
21805 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
21811 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
21812 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
21813 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
21814 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
21815 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
21816 "L<chroot(2)> and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
21817 "chrootless> is specified then the L<chroot(2)> call is skipped and "
21818 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
21824 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
21825 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
21826 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
21832 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
21833 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
21839 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21840 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
21841 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21846 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21847 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
21853 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21854 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
21855 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21860 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21861 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
21867 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21868 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
21869 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21874 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
21875 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
21881 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21882 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
21883 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
21888 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
21889 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
21894 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
21900 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
21901 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21907 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
21908 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
21914 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21915 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
21916 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21921 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
21922 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
21923 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21929 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21930 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
21931 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21936 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
21937 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21943 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21944 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
21945 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21950 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
21951 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
21958 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21959 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
21960 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
21965 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
21966 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
21967 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
21973 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
21974 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
21975 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
21979 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
21980 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
21984 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
21985 msgstr "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
21991 #| "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
21992 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
21994 "Файл журнала по умолчанию (смотрите I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) и параметр "
22000 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
22001 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
22003 "Остальные файлы перечислены с указанием их каталогов по умолчанию, смотрите "
22004 "параметр B<admindir>, чтобы узнать, как изменить местоположение этих файлов."
22008 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22009 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22013 msgid "List of available packages."
22014 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
22018 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22019 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22025 #| "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
22026 #| "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed "
22027 #| "or not, etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22029 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether "
22030 "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, "
22031 "etc. See section L</INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22033 "Состояния доступных пакетов. Этот файл содержит информацию о том, помечен ли "
22034 "пакет для удаления или нет, установлен он или нет, и т.д. Смотрите раздел "
22035 "B<ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ>, где приведена подробная информация."
22040 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
22041 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
22046 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in L<deb(5)>."
22051 msgid "Filesystem filenames"
22057 "During unpacking and configuration B<dpkg> uses various filenames for backup "
22058 "and rollback purposes. The following is a simplified explanation of how "
22059 "these filenames get used during package installation."
22065 msgid "F<*.dpkg-new>"
22071 "During unpack, B<dpkg> extracts new filesystem objects into I<pathname>B<."
22072 "dpkg-new> (except for existing directories or symlinks to directories which "
22073 "get skipped), once that is done and after having performed backups of the "
22074 "old objects, the objects get renamed to I<pathname>."
22079 msgid "F<*.dpkg-tmp>"
22085 "During unpack, B<dpkg> makes backups of the old filesystem objects into "
22086 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-tmp> after extracting the new objects. These backups are "
22087 "performed as either a rename for directories (but only if they switch file "
22088 "type), a new symlink copy for symlinks, or a hard link for any other "
22089 "filesystem object, except for conffiles which get no backups because they "
22090 "are processed at a later stage."
22096 "In case of needing to rollback, these backups get used to restore the "
22097 "previous contents of the objects. These get removed automatically after the "
22098 "installation is complete."
22103 msgid "F<*.dpkg-old>"
22109 "During configuration, when installing a new version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22110 "backup of the previous modified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-old>."
22116 msgid "F<*.dpkg-dist>"
22117 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
22122 "During configuration, when keeping the old version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22123 "backup of the new unmodified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-dist>."
22129 "Any operation that needs write access to the database or the filesystem is "
22130 "considered a privileged operation that might allow root escalation. These "
22131 "operations must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on "
22132 "untrusted packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
22138 "Some operations (such as package verification) might need root privileges to "
22139 "be able to access files on the filesystem that would otherwise be "
22140 "inaccessible due to restricted permissions, but should otherwise work "
22141 "normally and produce appropriate messages in those cases."
22147 "See also the B<SECURITY> section of the L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-split(1)> "
22153 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
22154 msgstr "B<--no-act> обычно дает меньше информации, чем могло бы быть полезным."
22159 "To list installed packages related to the editor L<vi(1)> (note that B<dpkg-"
22160 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
22161 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
22168 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
22170 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
22175 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
22176 msgstr "Посмотреть записи о двух пакетах в файле B<%ADMINDIR%/available>:"
22182 " dpkg --print-avail vim neovim | less\n"
22184 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22188 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
22189 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
22195 " dpkg --print-avail | less\n"
22197 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22202 #| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
22203 msgid "To remove an installed neovim package:"
22204 msgstr "Удалить установленный пакет elvis:"
22210 " dpkg -r neovim\n"
22212 msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>"
22218 #| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. "
22219 #| "The \"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section "
22222 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or media "
22223 "disc. When using an archive based on a pool structure, knowing the archive "
22224 "area and the name of the package is enough to infer the pathname:"
22226 "Чтобы установить пакет, сначала нужно найти его в архиве или на CDROM. Файл "
22227 "\"available\" показывает, что пакет vim находится в секции "
22228 "\"editors\" (\"редакторы\"):"
22234 " dpkg -i /media/bdrom/pool/main/v/vim/vim_9.0.2018-1_amd64.deb\n"
22236 msgstr " B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
22240 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
22241 msgstr "Получить локальную копию состояний выбранных пакетов:"
22247 " dpkg --get-selections >myselections\n"
22249 msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
22254 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
22255 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
22256 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
22257 "details), for example:"
22264 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
22270 msgid "you can install it with:"
22277 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
22278 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
22280 msgstr " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
22286 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
22287 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
22288 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
22289 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
22291 "Заметим, что при этом ничего не будет ни установлено, ни удалено, просто "
22292 "будут заданы состояния запрошенных пакетов. Для того, чтобы на самом деле "
22293 "скачать и установить запрошенные пакеты, вам понадобится другая программа. "
22294 "Например, запустите B<dselect> и выберите \"Установить\"."
22300 #| "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient "
22301 #| "way to modify the package selection states."
22303 "Ordinarily, you will find that L<dselect(1)> provides a more convenient way "
22304 "to modify the package selection states."
22306 "Обычно B<dselect>(8) предоставляет более удобный способ изменить состояния "
22307 "выбранных пакетов."
22311 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
22312 msgstr "ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОСТЬ"
22318 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
22319 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsig-verify>."
22321 "Дополнительная функциональность может быть получена установкой любых "
22322 "следующих пакетов: I<apt>, I<aptitude> и I<debsums>."
22328 "L<aptitude(8)>, L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg-query(1)>, "
22329 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg.cfg(5)>, and L<dpkg-reconfigure(8)>."
22331 "B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-"
22332 "control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) и B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
22343 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
22346 "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто участвовал "
22347 "в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
22352 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
22353 msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format"
22354 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
22359 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
22360 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
22365 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
22366 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
22373 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
22374 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
22375 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
22376 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
22377 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
22378 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
22379 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
22381 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
22382 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
22383 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
22384 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
22385 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
22386 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
22391 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
22392 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
22393 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
22394 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
22395 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
22396 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
22397 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
22398 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
22404 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
22405 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
22406 "See L<dpkg-source(1)> for their description."
22412 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
22413 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
22414 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
22419 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
22420 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
22425 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
22426 "produce, separated by commas."
22432 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
22433 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
22434 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
22440 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
22441 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
22442 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
22447 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
22448 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
22449 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
22450 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
22456 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
22457 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
22458 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
22459 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
22460 "in the list is B<all>."
22466 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
22467 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
22473 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
22474 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
22475 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
22480 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
22481 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
22482 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
22487 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
22488 "used to maintain this package. See L<deb-src-control(5)> for more details."
22494 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
22495 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
22496 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
22497 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
22498 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
22504 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
22505 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
22506 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
22507 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
22508 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
22514 "B<Rationale>: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the "
22515 "test dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
22521 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
22522 "used to build it. They are discussed in the L<deb-src-control(5)> manual "
22529 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
22530 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
22531 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
22535 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
22541 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
22548 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
22549 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
22554 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
22555 "common value is B<udeb>."
22561 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
22568 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
22569 "currently known optional keys are:"
22581 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
22582 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
22588 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
22590 msgstr "B<config-files>"
22595 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
22596 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
22602 msgid "B<protected>"
22603 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
22608 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
22609 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22614 msgid "B<essential>"
22620 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
22621 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
22627 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
22628 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
22629 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
22630 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
22636 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
22637 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
22638 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
22639 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
22645 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
22646 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
22653 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
22654 "format of the extracted source package."
22661 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
22662 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
22666 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
22672 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
22673 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
22674 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
22675 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
22676 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
22682 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
22683 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22688 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
22689 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
22693 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
22699 msgid "L<dselect(1)>."
22700 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
22705 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
22706 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
22711 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
22712 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
22713 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
22718 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
22719 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
22725 #| msgid "List of available packages."
22726 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
22727 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
22732 #| msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
22733 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
22734 msgstr "Забыть о неустановленных недоступных пакетах."
22738 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
22743 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
22749 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to L<dpkg(1)>, the low-level Debian "
22750 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
22751 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
22752 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
22753 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
22754 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
22755 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
22756 "internet, local archive servers or media discs. The recommended access "
22757 "method is I<apt>, which is provided by the package L<apt(8)>."
22763 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
22764 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
22765 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
22766 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
22767 "or show additional information about the program."
22774 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
22775 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
22776 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
22777 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
22778 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
22781 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
22782 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
22783 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
22784 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
22785 "начинается с B<#>)."
22790 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
22791 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
22798 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
22799 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
22806 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
22807 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
22808 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
22814 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
22815 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
22819 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
22824 msgid "B<--expert>"
22830 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
22836 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22837 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22843 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
22844 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
22850 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
22851 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). "
22852 "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of "
22853 "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
22860 msgstr "B<installed>"
22864 msgid "The screen title."
22870 msgid "B<listhead>"
22871 msgstr "B<installed>"
22876 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
22877 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
22883 msgstr "B<install>"
22887 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
22894 msgstr "B<install>"
22898 msgid "The selected item in the list."
22904 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
22910 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
22916 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
22922 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
22923 "currently selected package."
22929 msgid "B<infohead>"
22930 msgstr "B<installed>"
22935 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
22941 msgid "B<infodesc>"
22942 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
22947 msgid "The package's short description."
22948 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
22957 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
22962 msgid "B<infofoot>"
22967 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
22978 msgid "Used to display query lines"
22983 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
22988 msgid "Color of help screens."
22994 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
22995 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
22996 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
23002 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
23003 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
23004 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
23005 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
23006 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
23011 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
23017 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
23018 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
23023 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
23024 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
23025 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
23035 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
23041 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<media>, I<file> or "
23042 "I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for example the "
23043 "I<apt> access method provided by the L<apt(8)> package."
23048 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
23059 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
23060 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
23065 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
23066 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
23067 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
23068 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
23069 "maintainers, using the program L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
23075 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
23076 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
23086 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
23092 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
23093 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
23094 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
23095 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
23096 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
23102 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
23103 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
23104 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
23105 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, "
23106 "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created "
23107 "the unresolved depends or conflicts."
23113 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
23114 "in more detail below."
23121 msgstr "B<install>"
23125 msgid "Installs selected packages."
23131 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
23132 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
23133 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
23134 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
23135 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
23141 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
23142 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems "
23143 "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into "
23144 "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking "
23145 "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at L<https://bugs.debian."
23146 "org/> or by reading the documentation for L<bug(1)> or L<reportbug(1)>, if "
23147 "these are installed."
23153 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
23154 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
23155 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
23156 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
23157 "L<debconf(1)> library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
23158 "installation setups."
23168 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
23178 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
23189 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
23190 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
23194 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
23200 #| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
23201 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
23202 msgstr "ВЫБРАННЫЕ СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
23206 msgid "Introduction"
23212 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
23213 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
23214 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
23215 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> "
23216 "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only "
23217 "instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient substitute "
23218 "for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required to be "
23219 "familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In case "
23220 "of doubt, consult the L<dpkg(1)> manual page and the distribution policy."
23226 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
23227 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
23228 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
23229 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
23230 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
23235 msgid "Screen layout"
23241 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
23242 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
23243 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
23244 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
23245 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
23246 "is displayed can be varied."
23252 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
23253 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
23258 msgid "Package details view"
23264 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
23265 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
23266 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
23273 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
23274 msgid "the extended description"
23275 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
23279 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
23284 msgid "the control information for the available version"
23290 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
23291 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
23292 "causing it to be listed."
23297 msgid "Packages status list"
23303 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
23304 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
23305 "and packages known from the available packages database."
23311 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
23312 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
23313 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
23314 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
23315 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
23316 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
23317 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
23318 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
23324 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
23325 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
23326 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
23327 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
23332 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
23337 msgid "Error flag:"
23342 msgid "I<empty> no error"
23347 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
23353 msgid "Installed state:"
23354 msgstr "B<installed>"
23359 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
23360 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
23361 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
23365 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
23370 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
23376 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
23377 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
23378 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
23382 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
23387 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
23392 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
23397 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
23402 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
23407 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
23412 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
23417 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
23422 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
23428 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
23429 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
23434 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
23439 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
23444 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
23449 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
23454 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
23459 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
23464 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
23469 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
23474 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
23479 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
23484 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
23489 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
23494 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
23499 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
23504 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
23509 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
23514 msgid "Searching and sorting"
23520 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
23521 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
23522 "interpreted as a L<regex(7)> regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
23523 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
23524 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
23525 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
23526 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
23527 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
23528 "searching from there."
23534 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
23535 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
23540 msgid "B<alphabet>"
23546 msgid "B<priority+section>"
23547 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
23552 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
23553 msgid "B<section+priority>"
23554 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
23559 #| msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23560 msgid "B<available>"
23561 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
23565 msgid "B<available+priority>"
23571 msgid "B<available+section>"
23572 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
23578 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23583 msgid "B<status+priority>"
23584 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23589 msgid "B<status+section>"
23590 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
23595 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
23596 "subordering sort key."
23601 msgid "Altering selections"
23607 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
23608 "following commands:"
23613 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
23618 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
23623 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
23628 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
23633 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
23639 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23640 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23641 "This will be further explained below."
23647 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
23648 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
23649 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
23655 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
23656 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
23657 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
23658 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
23659 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
23664 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
23670 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
23671 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
23672 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
23678 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
23679 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
23680 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
23681 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
23682 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
23689 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
23690 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
23691 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
23692 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
23693 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
23699 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
23700 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
23701 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
23702 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
23703 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
23704 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
23709 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
23715 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. "
23716 "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested "
23717 "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any "
23718 "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency "
23719 "resolution screen."
23725 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
23726 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
23727 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
23728 "this unless you've read the fine print."
23734 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
23735 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
23736 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
23737 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
23738 "the last established settings."
23744 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
23745 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
23746 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
23747 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
23748 "B<enter> by accident."
23753 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
23759 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
23760 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23766 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
23767 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23773 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
23774 "specific configuration file."
23780 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
23781 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
23786 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
23791 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
23797 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
23798 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
23803 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
23804 "standards. Use the access method provided by L<apt(8)>, it is not only not "
23805 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
23810 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<apt(8)>, L<sources.list(5)>, L<deb(5)>."
23814 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23815 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
23817 "start-stop-daemon -- запускает и останавливает системные программы-демоны"
23820 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23822 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
23823 msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<параметры>"
23826 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23829 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
23830 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
23831 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
23833 "B<start-stop-daemon> используется для управления созданием и завершением "
23834 "системных процессов. Используя параметры B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> "
23835 "и B<--name>, B<start-stop-daemon> может быть настроен для поиска уже "
23836 "запущенных экземпляров процесса."
23839 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23842 "B<Note>: Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23843 "behaves similar to L<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
23844 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
23845 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
23846 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
23847 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
23848 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need to "
23849 "live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
23851 "Заметим, что если не указан параметр B<--pidfile>, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
23852 "действует подобно B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> сканирует таблицу "
23853 "процессов в поисках любых процессов с нужным именем, uid, и/или gid (если "
23854 "указаны). Любой подходящий процесс предотвратит запуск демона, если указан "
23855 "параметр B<--start>. Всем подходящим процессам будет послан сигнал KILL, "
23856 "если указан параметр B<--stop>. Для демонов, у которых есть долго живущие "
23857 "потомки, которых нужно оставить работать при параметре B<--stop>нужно "
23858 "указывать pidfile."
23861 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23863 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
23865 "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
23868 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23871 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23872 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
23873 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
23874 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
23875 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
23876 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
23878 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--start> проверяет существование "
23879 "указанного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23880 "ничего не делает и прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан "
23881 "параметр B<--oknodo>). Если же такой процесс не существует, то он "
23882 "запускается, используя либо исполняемый файл, заданный параметром B<--exec>, "
23883 "(либо параметром B<--startas>). Все аргументы, заданные в командной строке "
23884 "после B<-->, будут без изменений переданы запускаемой программе."
23887 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23889 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
23890 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23893 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23896 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
23897 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
23898 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
23899 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
23900 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
23903 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--stop> также проверяет существование "
23904 "заданного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
23905 "посылает ему сигнал, заданный параметром B<--signal> и прекращает работу с "
23906 "кодом завершения 0. Если такой процесс не существует, то B<start-stop-"
23907 "daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан параметр "
23908 "B<--oknodo>). Если указан параметр B<--retry>, то B<start-stop-daemon> будет "
23909 "проверять, что процесс(ы) завершили работу."
23912 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23914 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
23915 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
23918 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23920 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
23921 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
23925 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23927 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
23928 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
23931 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23933 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
23934 msgstr "Выдать подсказку и завершить работу."
23937 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23939 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
23940 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
23943 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23945 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
23946 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
23949 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23950 msgid "Matching options"
23954 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23956 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
23957 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
23960 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23962 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
23963 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
23967 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23969 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
23970 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
23973 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23975 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
23976 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
23980 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23982 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
23983 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
23986 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23988 #| msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
23989 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
23990 msgstr "Проверить какой процесс создал I<pid-файл>."
23993 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
23995 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
23996 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
24001 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24003 "B<Warning>: Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
24004 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
24005 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
24006 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
24007 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
24008 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
24009 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
24014 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24016 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
24017 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
24020 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24023 #| "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to "
24024 #| "B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24026 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
24027 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
24029 "Проверить процессы, которые являются экземплярами данного исполняемого файла "
24030 "(согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24033 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24035 "B<Note>: This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
24036 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
24037 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
24038 "restrictions might be needed."
24042 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24044 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
24045 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
24048 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24050 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
24051 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
24056 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24058 "B<Note>: On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
24059 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
24060 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
24064 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24066 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
24067 msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<имя_пользователя>|I<uid>"
24070 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24072 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
24074 "Проверить процессы, принадлежащие пользователю, указанному с помощью "
24075 "I<имени_пользователя> или I<uid>."
24078 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24080 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
24081 "the user to be acted on."
24085 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24087 msgid "Generic options"
24088 msgstr "B<config-files>"
24091 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24093 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
24094 msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<группа>|I<gid>"
24097 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24098 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
24099 msgstr "Изменить группу на I<группу> или I<gid> при запуске процесса."
24102 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24104 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
24105 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24108 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24111 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
24114 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop>, задать сигнал, который "
24115 "будет послан процессам для их останова (по умолчанию 15)."
24118 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24120 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
24121 msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<время_ожидания>|I<затем>"
24124 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24126 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
24127 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
24128 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
24129 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
24131 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop> указать, что B<start-stop-"
24132 "daemon> должен следить за завершением процесса. Периодически будет "
24133 "проверяться, выполняются ли ещё указанные процессы, до тех пор, пока все они "
24134 "не завершатся. Если процессы не завершаются, то будет предпринято действие, "
24135 "заданное в параметре I<затем>."
24138 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24141 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
24142 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
24143 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
24145 "Если вместо параметра I<затем> указан I<время_ожидания>, то используется "
24146 "последовательность действий I<сигнал>B</>I<время_ожидания>B</KILL/"
24147 ">I<время_ожидания>, где I<сигнал> -- это сигнал, заданный параметром B<--"
24151 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24153 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
24154 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
24155 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
24156 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
24157 "schedule forever if necessary."
24159 "Параметр I<затем> -- это последовательность из не менее двух элементов, "
24160 "разделённых косой чертой (B</>); каждый элемент -- это либо B<->I<номер-"
24161 "сигнала> или [B<->]I<название-сигнала>, или I<время_ожидания>, задающее "
24162 "количество секунд, в течение которых следует ждать завершения процесса, или "
24163 "же слово B<forever>, предписывающее повторять остаток последовательности "
24164 "вечно, если нужно."
24167 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24169 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
24170 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
24171 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
24173 "Если достигнут конец последовательности действий и не был указан B<forever>, "
24174 "то B<start-stop-daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 2. Если указан "
24175 "параметр I<затем>, то сигнал, заданный с помощью параметра B<--signal>, "
24179 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24181 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
24182 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24185 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24187 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
24188 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
24190 "При использовании с параметром B<--start> запускает процесс, указанный в "
24191 "параметре I<полное_имя>. Если этот параметр не задан, то берётся значение "
24192 "параметра B<--exec>."
24195 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24197 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
24198 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
24201 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24203 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
24206 "Вывести действия, которые должны быть выполнены и установить соответствующий "
24207 "код завершения, но не выполнять эти действия."
24210 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24212 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
24213 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24216 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24217 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
24219 "Возвращать код 0 вместо 1, если не было выполнено (или не должно было быть "
24220 "выполнено) никаких действий."
24223 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24225 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24226 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
24229 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24230 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
24231 msgstr "Не выдавать информационных сообщений; только сообщения об ошибках."
24234 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24236 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
24237 msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<имя-пользователя>|I<uid>"
24240 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24243 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
24244 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
24245 "as you would for the L<chown(1)> command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
24246 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
24247 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
24248 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
24249 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
24250 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
24252 "Установить указанное имя пользователя или uid перед запуском процесса. Вы "
24253 "можете также задать группу, добавив двоеточие B<:> имя группы или gid, как в "
24254 "команде `chown' (I<пользователь>B<:>I<группа>). При использовании этого "
24255 "параметра вы должны понимать, что также будут установлены основная и "
24256 "дополнительная группы, даже если не указан параметр B<--group>. Параметр B<--"
24257 "group> используется только для групп, в которых пользователь обычно не "
24258 "состоит (например, в случае с системным пользователем B<nobody>)."
24261 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24263 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
24264 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
24267 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24270 #| "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
24271 #| "the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24273 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
24274 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24276 "Перед запуском процесса перейти в каталог I<root> и сделать его корневым. "
24277 "Заметим, что pid-файл будет создан после установки нового корневого каталога."
24280 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24282 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
24283 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
24286 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24289 #| "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the "
24290 #| "chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-"
24291 #| "stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
24293 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
24294 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
24295 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
24296 "starting the process."
24298 "Перейти в каталог I<путь> перед запуском процесса. Это действие выполняется "
24299 "после выполнения действий согласно параметру B<-r>|B<--chroot> если он "
24300 "задан. Если он не указан, то start-stop-daemon переходит в корневой каталог "
24301 "перед запуском процесса."
24304 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24306 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
24307 msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
24310 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24312 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
24313 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
24314 "force it into the background."
24318 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24321 "B<Warning>: B<start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
24322 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only meant "
24323 "for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where it's "
24324 "not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
24326 "Обычно этот параметр используется с программами, которые не могут сами "
24327 "отключиться от терминала, на котором они запущены. Этот параметр заставит "
24328 "B<start-stop-daemon> сделать fork() перед запуском процесса и перевести его "
24329 "в фоновый режим. B<ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: start-stop-daemon> не может проверить код "
24330 "возврата, если процесс не может успешно выполниться по I<какой бы то ни "
24331 "было> причине. Это последняя возможность, предназначенная только для "
24332 "программ, которые не умеют выполнять fork() сами, или если нет возможности "
24333 "добавить в них код для этого."
24336 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24338 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
24339 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
24342 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24344 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
24345 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
24346 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the L<sd_notify(3)> "
24347 "manual page. The following variables are supported:"
24351 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24356 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24357 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
24361 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24362 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
24366 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24368 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
24369 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
24373 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24375 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
24376 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24379 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24381 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
24382 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
24386 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24387 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
24391 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24393 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
24394 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
24395 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
24399 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24401 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
24402 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24405 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24407 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
24408 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
24409 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
24410 "relevant when using B<--background>."
24414 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24416 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
24417 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24420 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24422 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
24423 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
24428 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24430 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24431 msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24434 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24435 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
24436 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24439 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24440 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
24444 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24446 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
24447 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24448 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> "
24449 "is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>."
24453 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24455 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
24456 "is not supported."
24460 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24462 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
24463 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
24466 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24468 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
24469 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24470 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> "
24471 "is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The "
24472 "currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and "
24477 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24479 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
24484 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24486 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
24487 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24490 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24493 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
24495 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24498 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24500 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
24501 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
24504 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24507 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
24508 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
24509 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
24510 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
24511 "pidfile> is used."
24513 "Этот параметр используется, если запускаемая программа не создаёт свой "
24514 "собственный pid-файл. При этом B<start-stop-daemon> непосредственно перед "
24515 "запуском процесса создаст файл, указанный в параметре флага B<--pidfile> и "
24516 "поместит в него pid запускаемого процесса. Заметим, что этот файл не будет "
24517 "удалён при остановке программы. B<ЗАМЕЧАНИЕ:> Эта возможность иногда может "
24518 "не работать. В в основном это случается, когда запускаемая программа "
24519 "выполняет fork(). Поэтому данный параметр обычно бывает полезен только при "
24520 "использовании вместе с параметром B<--background>."
24523 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24525 "B<Note>: This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
24526 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
24527 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
24531 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24533 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
24534 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24537 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24539 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
24540 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
24541 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
24545 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24546 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
24547 msgstr "Выдавать подробные информационные сообщения."
24550 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24552 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
24553 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
24554 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
24555 "specified and there were no matching processes."
24559 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24560 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
24564 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24566 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
24567 "reached and the processes were still running."
24571 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24576 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24577 msgid "Any other error."
24581 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24583 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
24587 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24588 msgid "Program is running."
24592 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24593 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
24597 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24598 msgid "Program is not running."
24602 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24607 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24608 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
24612 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24614 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
24615 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
24619 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24622 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24623 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
24624 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
24629 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24630 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
24634 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24637 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24638 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
24643 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24644 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
24648 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24651 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
24652 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
24657 #: update-alternatives.pod
24659 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
24663 #: update-alternatives.pod
24665 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
24666 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
24669 #: update-alternatives.pod
24671 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
24672 "about the symbolic links comprising the alternatives system."
24676 #: update-alternatives.pod
24678 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
24679 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
24680 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
24681 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
24682 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
24683 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
24687 #: update-alternatives.pod
24689 "The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the "
24690 "filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. "
24691 "The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine "
24692 "which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the "
24693 "text editors L<ed(1)> and L<nvi(1)> are both installed on the system, the "
24694 "alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer "
24695 "to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this "
24696 "and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system "
24697 "will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so."
24701 #: update-alternatives.pod
24703 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
24704 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
24705 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
24706 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
24707 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
24708 "this is a Good Thing."
24712 #: update-alternatives.pod
24714 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
24715 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
24716 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
24717 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
24718 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
24719 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note>: in most "
24720 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
24721 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
24722 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
24723 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
24724 "have the same priority."
24728 #: update-alternatives.pod
24730 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
24731 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
24732 "L<vi(1)> editor are installed, the manual page referenced by I</usr/share/"
24733 "man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
24734 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
24735 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
24736 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
24740 #: update-alternatives.pod
24742 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
24743 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
24744 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
24745 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
24746 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
24747 "something is broken)."
24751 #: update-alternatives.pod
24753 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
24754 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
24755 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
24756 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
24761 #: update-alternatives.pod
24763 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
24764 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
24765 "be those which have the highest priority."
24769 #: update-alternatives.pod
24771 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
24772 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
24773 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
24774 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
24775 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
24776 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
24777 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
24781 #: update-alternatives.pod
24783 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
24784 "instead (see below)."
24788 #: update-alternatives.pod
24790 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
24791 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
24792 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
24793 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
24797 #: update-alternatives.pod
24798 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
24802 #: update-alternatives.pod
24804 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
24805 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
24809 #: update-alternatives.pod
24810 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
24814 #: update-alternatives.pod
24816 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
24817 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
24821 #: update-alternatives.pod
24822 msgid "alternative name"
24826 #: update-alternatives.pod
24827 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
24831 #: update-alternatives.pod
24832 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
24836 #: update-alternatives.pod
24838 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
24839 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
24843 #: update-alternatives.pod
24844 msgid "alternatives directory"
24848 #: update-alternatives.pod
24850 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
24854 #: update-alternatives.pod
24855 msgid "administrative directory"
24859 #: update-alternatives.pod
24861 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
24862 "alternatives>' state information."
24866 #: update-alternatives.pod
24871 #: update-alternatives.pod
24872 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
24876 #: update-alternatives.pod
24877 msgid "master link"
24881 #: update-alternatives.pod
24883 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
24884 "the group are configured."
24888 #: update-alternatives.pod
24893 #: update-alternatives.pod
24895 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
24900 #: update-alternatives.pod
24901 msgid "automatic mode"
24905 #: update-alternatives.pod
24907 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
24908 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
24913 #: update-alternatives.pod
24914 msgid "manual mode"
24918 #: update-alternatives.pod
24920 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
24921 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
24925 #: update-alternatives.pod
24927 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
24931 #: update-alternatives.pod
24933 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
24934 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
24935 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
24936 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
24937 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
24938 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
24939 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
24940 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
24941 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
24942 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
24943 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
24947 #: update-alternatives.pod
24949 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
24950 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
24951 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
24952 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
24953 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
24954 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
24955 "newly added alternatives."
24959 #: update-alternatives.pod
24961 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
24962 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24965 #: update-alternatives.pod
24967 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
24968 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
24972 #: update-alternatives.pod
24974 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
24975 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
24978 #: update-alternatives.pod
24980 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
24981 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
24982 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
24983 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
24984 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
24985 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
24986 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
24987 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
24991 #: update-alternatives.pod
24993 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
24994 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24997 #: update-alternatives.pod
24999 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
25000 "a name in the alternatives directory."
25004 #: update-alternatives.pod
25006 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
25007 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
25008 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
25009 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
25014 #: update-alternatives.pod
25016 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
25017 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25020 #: update-alternatives.pod
25022 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
25023 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
25024 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
25028 #: update-alternatives.pod
25030 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
25031 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25034 #: update-alternatives.pod
25036 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
25037 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
25038 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
25039 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
25040 "priority alternative currently installed."
25044 #: update-alternatives.pod
25046 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
25047 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
25050 #: update-alternatives.pod
25052 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
25053 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
25054 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
25055 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
25056 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
25057 "thus might contain spaces)."
25061 #: update-alternatives.pod
25063 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
25064 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
25069 #: update-alternatives.pod
25071 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
25072 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25075 #: update-alternatives.pod
25077 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
25078 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section L</QUERY FORMAT> "
25083 #: update-alternatives.pod
25085 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
25086 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
25089 #: update-alternatives.pod
25090 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
25094 #: update-alternatives.pod
25096 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
25097 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25100 #: update-alternatives.pod
25102 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
25103 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
25107 #: update-alternatives.pod
25109 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
25110 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25113 #: update-alternatives.pod
25115 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
25116 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
25120 #: update-alternatives.pod
25122 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
25123 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
25124 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25128 #: update-alternatives.pod
25130 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
25131 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
25132 "has not been set."
25136 #: update-alternatives.pod
25138 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
25139 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
25140 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25144 #: update-alternatives.pod
25146 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
25147 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25150 #: update-alternatives.pod
25152 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
25153 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
25157 #: update-alternatives.pod
25159 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
25160 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
25164 #: update-alternatives.pod
25166 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
25167 msgstr "B<822-date>"
25170 #: update-alternatives.pod
25172 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
25173 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
25177 #: update-alternatives.pod
25178 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
25182 #: update-alternatives.pod
25184 msgid "B<--verbose>"
25185 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
25188 #: update-alternatives.pod
25189 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
25193 #: update-alternatives.pod
25195 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
25196 "(since version 1.19.3)."
25200 #: update-alternatives.pod
25202 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
25207 #: update-alternatives.pod
25208 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25212 #: update-alternatives.pod
25214 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25215 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25218 #: update-alternatives.pod
25220 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
25221 "as the base administrative directory."
25225 #: update-alternatives.pod
25226 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
25230 #: update-alternatives.pod
25232 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
25237 #: update-alternatives.pod
25239 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
25240 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25243 #: update-alternatives.pod
25245 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
25246 "admindir> option."
25250 #: update-alternatives.pod
25251 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
25255 #: update-alternatives.pod
25257 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> "
25258 "+ 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
25259 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
25263 #: update-alternatives.pod
25265 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
25266 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25269 #: update-alternatives.pod
25270 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
25274 #: update-alternatives.pod
25276 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
25277 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25280 #: update-alternatives.pod
25281 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
25285 #: update-alternatives.pod
25287 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
25288 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25291 #: update-alternatives.pod
25293 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
25294 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25295 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25296 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
25300 #: update-alternatives.pod
25302 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
25303 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25306 #: update-alternatives.pod
25307 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
25311 #: update-alternatives.pod
25313 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
25314 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25317 #: update-alternatives.pod
25319 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
25320 "is no alternatives available."
25324 #: update-alternatives.pod
25326 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
25327 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25330 #: update-alternatives.pod
25332 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
25333 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
25337 #: update-alternatives.pod
25339 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
25344 #: update-alternatives.pod
25345 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
25349 #: update-alternatives.pod
25350 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
25354 #: update-alternatives.pod
25356 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
25357 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
25360 #: update-alternatives.pod
25361 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
25365 #: update-alternatives.pod
25367 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
25368 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25369 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25370 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
25374 #: update-alternatives.pod
25379 #: update-alternatives.pod
25382 #| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25383 #| "Name: editor\n"
25384 #| "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25386 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25387 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25388 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25389 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25390 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25391 #| "Status: auto\n"
25392 #| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25393 #| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25395 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25397 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25399 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25400 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25401 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25402 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25403 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25405 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25406 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25409 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25411 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25413 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25414 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25415 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25416 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25417 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25419 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25420 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25423 #: update-alternatives.pod
25426 #| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25427 #| "Priority: -100\n"
25429 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25431 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25432 " Priority: -100\n"
25434 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25437 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25440 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25443 #: update-alternatives.pod
25446 #| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25447 #| "Priority: 50\n"
25449 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25450 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25451 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25452 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25453 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25455 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25458 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25459 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25460 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25461 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25462 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25465 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25468 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25469 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25470 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25471 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25472 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25475 #: update-alternatives.pod
25477 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
25478 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
25479 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
25480 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
25481 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
25485 #: update-alternatives.pod
25487 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
25488 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the "
25489 "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
25490 "associated manual page."
25494 #: update-alternatives.pod
25496 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
25497 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
25501 #: update-alternatives.pod
25504 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
25509 #: update-alternatives.pod
25511 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
25512 "then select a number from the list:"
25516 #: update-alternatives.pod
25519 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
25524 #: update-alternatives.pod
25526 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
25531 #: update-alternatives.pod
25534 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
25539 #: update-alternatives.pod
25540 msgid "L<ln(1)>, FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
25545 #~ "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
25546 #~ "parsechangelog>(1)."
25547 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25550 #~ msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
25551 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25554 #~ msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
25555 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25558 #~ msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
25559 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
25563 #~ " less %ADMINDIR%/available\n"
25565 #~ msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>"
25567 #~ msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
25568 #~ msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
25571 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
25572 #~ msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>"
25573 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
25577 #~ "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number "
25578 #~ "of jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior."
25579 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
25582 #~ msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>"
25583 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25586 #~| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
25587 #~ msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)"
25588 #~ msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
25591 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
25592 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25594 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
25595 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25598 #~ msgid "deb-buildinfo"
25599 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25602 #~ msgid "deb-changelog"
25603 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25606 #~ msgid "changelog"
25607 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25609 #~ msgid "deb-control"
25610 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25613 #~ msgstr "control"
25616 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25617 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
25618 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25621 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25622 #~ msgid "conffiles"
25623 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25626 #~ msgid "debian/control"
25627 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25630 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25631 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
25632 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25635 #~ msgid "debian/files"
25636 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
25639 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
25640 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
25641 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
25643 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
25644 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
25646 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
25647 #~ msgstr "утилиты dpkg"
25650 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
25651 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25654 #~ msgid "deb-split"
25655 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25658 #~ msgid "deb-version"
25659 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25663 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25666 #~ msgid "deb-extra-override"
25667 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25670 #~ msgid "deb-substvars"
25671 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25674 #~ msgid "substvars"
25675 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
25678 #~ msgid "deb-symbols"
25679 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25682 #~ msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
25683 #~ msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
25686 #~| msgid "I<postinst>"
25687 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
25688 #~ msgstr "I<postinst>"
25691 #~| msgid "deb-control"
25692 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
25693 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25696 #~| msgid "I<postrm>"
25698 #~ msgstr "I<postrm>"
25701 #~ msgid "deb-preinst"
25702 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25705 #~| msgid "I<preinst>"
25707 #~ msgstr "I<preinst>"
25710 #~ msgid "deb-prerm"
25711 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25714 #~| msgid "I<prerm>"
25716 #~ msgstr "I<prerm>"
25719 #~ msgid "deb-triggers"
25720 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
25727 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
25728 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
25729 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
25730 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
25731 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
25732 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
25733 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
25734 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
25735 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
25736 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
25738 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
25739 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
25740 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25741 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
25742 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
25743 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
25744 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
25745 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
25747 #~ "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<каталог> [I<имя файла>]\n"
25748 #~ " Собирает deb пакет.\n"
25749 #~ "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<имя файла>\n"
25750 #~ " Показывает содержимое deb пакета.\n"
25751 #~ "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<имя файла> [I<каталог>]\n"
25752 #~ " Извлекает управляющую информацию из пакета.\n"
25753 #~ "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<имя файла> <каталог>\n"
25754 #~ " Извлекает файлы, содержащиеся в данном пакете.\n"
25755 #~ "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<имя файла> [I<управляющее-поле>] ...\n"
25756 #~ " Показывает управляющее(ие) поле(я) пакета.\n"
25757 #~ "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<имя файла>\n"
25758 #~ " Выдает на стандартный вывод tar-файл с файловой\n"
25759 #~ " системой из указанного пакета Debian.\n"
25760 #~ "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<имя файла> [I<файл control>]\n"
25761 #~ " Выдает информацию о данном пакете.\n"
25762 #~ "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<имя файла> I<каталог>\n"
25763 #~ " Извлекает и выдает имена файлов, содержащиеся в пакете.\n"
25767 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
25768 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
25769 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
25770 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
25771 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
25772 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
25773 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
25774 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
25775 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
25776 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
25777 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
25778 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
25780 #~ "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<шаблон имени пакета> ...\n"
25781 #~ " Показывает пакеты, соответствующие данному шаблону.\n"
25782 #~ "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
25783 #~ " Сообщает о состоянии указанного пакета.\n"
25784 #~ "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
25785 #~ " Показывает файлы, установленные в системе из пакета с указанным "
25787 #~ "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<шаблон имени файла> ...\n"
25788 #~ " Ищет в установленных пакетах имя файла по заданному шаблону.\n"
25789 #~ "B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I <имя пакета>\n"
25790 #~ " Выводит детальную информацию о I<пакете>, которую извлекает\n"
25791 #~ " из файла I<%ADMINDIR%/available>.\n"
25794 #~ msgid "dpkg.cfg"
25798 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
25799 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25802 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
25803 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25806 #~ msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo"
25807 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25809 #~ msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
25810 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
25813 #~ msgid "dpkg-deb"
25817 #~ msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
25821 #~ msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
25822 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25825 #~ msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
25826 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25829 #~ msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
25830 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25833 #~ msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
25834 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25837 #~ msgid "dpkg-query"
25838 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
25841 #~ msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
25842 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
25845 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
25846 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25849 #~ msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
25850 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
25853 #~ msgid "dpkg-split"
25854 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
25857 #~ msgid "dpkg-trigger"
25858 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
25861 #~ msgid "dpkg-vendor"
25862 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
25864 #~ msgid "start-stop-daemon"
25865 #~ msgstr "start-stop-daemon"
25868 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
25869 #~ msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
25872 #~| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
25873 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
25874 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
25877 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
25878 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
25880 #~ "Пакет помечен как B<зафиксированный> и не обрабатывается B<dpkg>, только "
25881 #~ "если не указан параметр B<--force-hold>."
25884 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
25885 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
25887 #~ "B<hold>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты, помеченные как \"зафиксированные\"."
25890 #~ msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
25891 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25894 #~ msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
25895 #~ msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
25897 #~ msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
25898 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
25902 #~| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
25903 #~| "text. Currently only used by -l."
25905 #~ "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
25906 #~ "text. Currently only used by B<--list>."
25908 #~ "Задаёт количество колонок текста, используемых программой B<dpkg> при "
25909 #~ "форматировании текста. В настоящий момент используется только с "
25910 #~ "параметром B<-l>."
25913 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
25914 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25917 #~| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
25918 #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:> I<name-list>"
25919 #~ msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25922 #~ msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
25923 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
25926 #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) "
25927 #~ "for more information about them:"
25929 #~ "Нижеследующие файлы являются компонентами бинарного пакета. Смотрите "
25930 #~ "B<deb>(5), где приведена подробная информация:"
25933 #~ msgid "B<--file> I<file>"
25934 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25937 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
25938 #~ msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
25944 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
25945 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
25948 #~ msgid "Debian project"
25949 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
25953 #~ "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the "
25954 #~ "default I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the "
25955 #~ "last filename is used. Log messages are of the form ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
25956 #~ "startup I<type> I<command>’ for each dpkg invocation where I<type> is "
25957 #~ "B<archives> (with a I<command> of B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> "
25958 #~ "(with a I<command> of B<configure>, B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or "
25959 #~ "B<purge>); ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-"
25960 #~ "version>’ for status change updates; ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> "
25961 #~ "I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>’ for actions where "
25962 #~ "I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
25963 #~ "B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>; and ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
25964 #~ "I<filename> I<decision>’ for conffile changes where I<decision> is either "
25965 #~ "B<install> or B<keep>."
25967 #~ "Протоколировать изменения обновлений и действия в I<файл>, вместо файл по "
25968 #~ "умолчанию I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. Если этот параметр указан несколько раз, "
25969 #~ "то используется последнее имя файла. Протоколируемые сообщения имеют вид "
25970 #~ "`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-"
25971 #~ "versionE<gt>' при изменении состояния обновлений; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
25972 #~ "E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-"
25973 #~ "versionE<gt>' при выполнении действия, где I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> может быть "
25974 #~ "install, upgrade, remove, purge; и `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
25975 #~ "E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' при изменении конфигурационных "
25977 #~ "где I<E<lt>decision> может быть install или keep."
25980 #~ msgid "B<--new>"
25981 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
25984 #~ msgid "B<--old>"
25985 #~ msgstr "B<hold>"
26003 #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
26004 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26015 #~| msgid "B<purge>"
26016 #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
26017 #~ msgstr "B<purge>"
26020 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
26021 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26024 #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
26025 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26028 #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
26029 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26033 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
26036 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26037 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26040 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26041 #~ msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name>"
26042 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26045 #~ "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
26046 #~ "different than the name of the package itself."
26048 #~ "Имя пакета с исходниками, из которого компилируется бинарный пакет, если "
26049 #~ "оно отличается от имени самого пакета."
26053 #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
26054 #~ "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
26055 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26058 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
26059 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26061 #~ msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
26062 #~ msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26065 #~ msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
26066 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26068 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
26069 #~ msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26072 #~ "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
26073 #~ "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
26074 #~ "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
26076 #~ "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в "
26077 #~ "зависимости от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. "
26078 #~ "Примерами секций могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т."
26082 #~ "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
26083 #~ "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
26086 #~ "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости "
26087 #~ "для системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', "
26088 #~ "`optional', `extra' и т.д."
26092 #~| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
26093 #~| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging "
26094 #~| "revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26095 #~| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, "
26096 #~| "\"E<gt>=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or "
26097 #~| "equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
26099 #~ "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later "
26100 #~ "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
26101 #~ "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26102 #~ "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
26103 #~ "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
26104 #~ "\"=\" for equal to."
26106 #~ "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
26107 #~ "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
26108 #~ "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
26109 #~ "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
26110 #~ "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" "
26111 #~ "-- \"только версия, которая указана\"."
26114 #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>, B<-v>I<version>"
26115 #~ msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
26118 #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
26119 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26122 #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
26123 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26126 #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
26128 #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
26131 #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
26132 #~ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
26135 #~ msgid "B<--debug> I<file> |I<> B<-D>I<file>"
26136 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26143 #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
26144 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26155 #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
26156 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26159 #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>"
26160 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26163 #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
26164 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26167 #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
26168 #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
26170 #~ "Найти пакеты, которые были установлены в системе только частично. B<dpkg> "
26171 #~ "посоветует, что делать, чтобы восстановить их работоспособность."
26178 #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there "
26181 #~ "Вы можете перенести этот файл на другой компьютер и установить его там с "
26185 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26186 #~ msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>"
26187 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26189 #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
26190 #~ msgstr "СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
26192 #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
26193 #~ msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
26196 #~| msgid "WARNING"
26197 #~ msgid "HARDENING"
26198 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26201 #~ msgid "WARNINGS"
26202 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26205 #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
26206 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26209 #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
26210 #~ msgstr "Показать список пакетов, относящихся к редактору vi:"
26213 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
26214 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26217 #~ "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
26218 #~ ">I<pid>B</stat>)."
26220 #~ "Проверить процессы с именем I<имя_процесса> (согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
26223 #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
26224 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26227 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26228 #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> "
26229 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26233 #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following "
26234 #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
26235 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
26237 #~ "B<dpkg> может также использоваться как интерфейс к B<dpkg-deb>. "
26238 #~ "Нижеследующие действия являются действиями B<dpkg-deb>, и если они "
26239 #~ "встречаются, то B<dpkg> просто запускает B<dpkg-deb> с указанными "
26243 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26244 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26245 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26246 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26247 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26248 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26249 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
26250 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26252 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26253 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26254 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26255 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26256 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26257 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26258 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract> и\n"
26259 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26261 #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
26262 #~ msgstr "Все эти действия описаны в B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26265 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
26266 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26269 #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26271 #~ "Выбрать, соответственно, новый или старый формат пакета. Это параметр "
26272 #~ "программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26275 #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. "
26276 #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26278 #~ "Не читать и не проверять содержимое файла control при создании пакета. "
26279 #~ "Это параметр программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26282 #~ msgid "B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
26283 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26286 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
26287 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26289 #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
26290 #~ msgstr "Показать лицензию B<dpkg>."
26292 #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
26293 #~ msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
26296 #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
26297 #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
26299 #~ "Если она определена, то B<dpkg> при запуске оболочки не приостанавливает "
26300 #~ "себя, а создаёт новый процесс."
26303 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
26304 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26307 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
26308 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26311 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
26312 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26315 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26316 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26323 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
26324 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26327 #~ msgid "B<-z>I<level>"
26328 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26331 #~ msgid "install-info"
26332 #~ msgstr "B<install>"
26335 #~ msgid "B<[--]> I<filename>"
26336 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26339 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
26340 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26343 #~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
26344 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26347 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
26348 #~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
26359 #~ "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file "
26360 #~ "is B<dselect update>."
26362 #~ "Для упрощения процедуры получения и обновления файла I<available> можно "
26363 #~ "использовать команду B<dselect update>."
26367 #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
26368 #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
26369 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
26370 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file "
26371 #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
26372 #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
26374 #~ "Послать информацию о состоянии пакета в файловый дескриптор "
26375 #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Этот параметр можно задавать несколько раз. Эта "
26376 #~ "информация выдаётся в виде `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. "
26377 #~ "Ошибки выдаются в форме `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-"
26378 #~ "message'. Конфликты конфигурационных файлов выдаются в форме `status: "
26379 #~ "conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited "
26383 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
26384 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
26386 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26387 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26389 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26390 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26392 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
26393 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26395 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26396 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26398 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26399 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26401 #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26402 #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26405 #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
26406 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26409 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
26410 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26413 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
26414 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26417 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
26418 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26421 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
26422 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26425 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
26426 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26429 #~ msgid "B<--licence>"
26430 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26433 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
26434 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26437 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
26438 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26441 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26442 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26445 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26446 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26449 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
26450 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26453 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
26454 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26457 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
26458 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
26461 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26462 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26465 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
26466 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26469 #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
26470 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26473 #~ msgid "Display version information."
26474 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26481 #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
26482 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26485 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
26486 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26489 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
26490 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26493 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
26494 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26498 #~ "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
26500 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26503 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
26504 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26507 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
26508 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26511 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
26512 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26514 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
26515 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
26517 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
26518 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
26520 #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
26521 #~ msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
26523 #~ msgid "Print version information; then exit."
26524 #~ msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
26527 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you "
26528 #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26530 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем старого конфигурационного файла при "
26531 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
26534 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
26535 #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
26537 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем нового конфигурационного файла при "
26538 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
26541 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages "
26542 #~ "to remove them."
26544 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Выбрать пакеты для установки, и отменить выделение для "